TW202116875A - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer including a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer including a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202116875A
TW202116875A TW109136170A TW109136170A TW202116875A TW 202116875 A TW202116875 A TW 202116875A TW 109136170 A TW109136170 A TW 109136170A TW 109136170 A TW109136170 A TW 109136170A TW 202116875 A TW202116875 A TW 202116875A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
liquid crystal
group
independently
crystal alignment
Prior art date
Application number
TW109136170A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
堀田協子
小関洋平
Original Assignee
日商捷恩智股份有限公司
日商捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商捷恩智股份有限公司, 日商捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商捷恩智股份有限公司
Publication of TW202116875A publication Critical patent/TW202116875A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors

Abstract

The present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film and a manufacturing method thereof, a liquid crystal display device, a compound, and a polymer that can form a liquid crystal display element with good afterimage characteristics and contrast, and a high light resistance. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprises at least one polymer. The at least one polymer is a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines. At least one of the diamines is a compound represented by formula (1). In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms where each of a to c is independently as an integer of 0 to 2, each of Ra and Rb is independently a hydrogen atom, -F, formula (P1 -1) or formula (P1-2), etc., each of Rc is independently a hydrogen atom, etc. In formulas (P1-1) and (P1-2), each of R6a to R8a is independently a hydrogen atom, etc. and * indicates a bonding position on the benzene ring in formula (1).

Description

液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜及其製造方法、液晶顯示元件、化合物以及聚合物Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display element, compound and polymer

本發明是有關於一種液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜及使用液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。詳細而言,是有關於一種用以形成光配向方式的液晶配向膜(以下,有時簡記為光配向膜)的液晶配向劑、使用所述液晶配向劑而形成的光配向方式的液晶配向膜以及具有所述液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。進而,是有關於一種所述液晶配向劑中所使用的聚醯胺酸等聚合物及成為其原料的二胺。The invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film. In detail, it relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent used to form a liquid crystal alignment film of a photo-alignment method (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a photo-alignment film), and a photo-alignment liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent And a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film. Furthermore, it relates to a polymer such as polyamide used in the liquid crystal alignment agent and a diamine used as a raw material thereof.

作為液晶顯示元件,已知有扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)模式、超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)模式、共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)模式、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)模式、垂直配向型的垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)(多域垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment))模式等各種驅動方式的液晶顯示元件。這些液晶顯示元件應用於電視、行動電話等各種電子機器的圖像顯示裝置,以進一步提高顯示品質為目標而正在進行開發。具體而言,液晶顯示元件的性能的提高不僅可通過驅動方式、元件結構的改良來達成,而且還可通過元件中所使用的構成構件來達成。而且,液晶顯示元件中所使用的構成構件中,特別是液晶配向膜是與顯示品質相關的重要材料之一,為了應對液晶顯示元件的高品質化的要求,針對所述液晶配向膜,也正在積極進行研究。As liquid crystal display elements, known are twisted nematic (TN) mode, super twisted nematic (STN) mode, in-plane switching (IPS) mode, fringe field switching (Fringe Field Switching (FFS) mode, vertical alignment-type vertical alignment (Vertical Alignment, VA) (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)) mode and other driving modes of liquid crystal display elements. These liquid crystal display elements are used in image display devices of various electronic devices such as televisions and mobile phones, and are being developed with the goal of further improving the display quality. Specifically, the improvement of the performance of the liquid crystal display element can be achieved not only by the improvement of the driving method and the element structure, but also by the constituent members used in the element. Moreover, among the constituent members used in the liquid crystal display element, in particular, the liquid crystal alignment film is one of the important materials related to the display quality. In order to meet the high quality requirements of the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film is also being used Actively conduct research.

此處,液晶配向膜在設置於液晶顯示元件的液晶層的兩側的一對基板上與所述液晶層相接設置,具備使構成液晶層的液晶分子相對於基板具有一定規則性地進行配向的功能。通過使用液晶配向性高的液晶配向膜,可實現對比度高且殘像特性得到改善的液晶顯示元件(例如,參照專利文獻1及專利文獻2)。 在此種液晶配向膜的形成中,目前主要使用使聚醯胺酸、可溶性的聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺酸酯溶解於有機溶劑中而成的溶液(清漆)。在利用這些清漆來形成液晶配向膜時,將清漆塗布於基板上,然後通過加熱等而將塗膜固化來形成聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜,視需要實施適合於所述顯示模式的配向處理。作為配向處理方法,已知有:利用布等摩擦配向膜的表面來調整聚合物分子的方向的摩擦法;及通過對配向膜照射直線偏光的紫外線而在聚合物分子中引起光異構化或二聚化等光化學變化,對膜賦予各向異性的光配向法,其中,與摩擦法相比,光配向法的配向的均勻性高,且為非接觸的配向處理法,因此具有不損傷膜、可減低起塵或靜電等使液晶顯示元件產生顯示不良的原因等優點。Here, the liquid crystal alignment film is provided in contact with the liquid crystal layer on a pair of substrates provided on both sides of the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display element, and is provided to align the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer with a certain regularity with respect to the substrate. Function. By using a liquid crystal alignment film with high liquid crystal alignment, a liquid crystal display element with high contrast and improved afterimage characteristics can be realized (for example, refer to Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2). In the formation of such a liquid crystal alignment film, a solution (varnish) obtained by dissolving polyamide acid, soluble polyimide, or polyamide ester in an organic solvent is currently mainly used. When using these varnishes to form a liquid crystal alignment film, the varnish is coated on a substrate, and then the coating film is cured by heating or the like to form a polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film, and an alignment treatment suitable for the display mode is performed as necessary . As the alignment treatment method, known are: a rubbing method in which the surface of the alignment film is rubbed with cloth or the like to adjust the direction of polymer molecules; and the alignment film is irradiated with linearly polarized ultraviolet rays to cause photoisomerization or photoisomerization in the polymer molecules. A photo-alignment method that imparts anisotropy to the film by photochemical changes such as dimerization. Among them, compared with the rubbing method, the photo-alignment method has higher alignment uniformity and is a non-contact alignment treatment method, so it has no damage to the film , It can reduce the advantages of dust or static electricity that cause poor display of the liquid crystal display element.

作為此種使用光配向法的液晶配向膜,例如在專利文獻1~專利文獻6中記載有:使用二胺基偶氮苯等作為原料,並應用光異構化的技術,由此獲得錨定能大且液晶配向性良好的光配向膜。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]As such a liquid crystal alignment film using a photo-alignment method, for example, Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 6 describe: using diaminoazobenzene as a raw material and applying a photoisomerization technology to obtain an anchor A photo-alignment film with large energy and good liquid crystal alignment. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2010-197999 [專利文獻2]國際公開2013/157463 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2005-275364 [專利文獻4]日本專利特開2007-248637 [專利文獻5]日本專利特開2009-069493 [專利文獻6]國際公開2015/016118[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-197999 [Patent Document 2] International Publication 2013/157463 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-275364 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-248637 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-069493 [Patent Document 6] International Publication 2015/016118

[發明所要解決的問題] 如上所述,已知有利用光配向法對聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜實施配向處理而形成的液晶配向膜。然而,與利用摩擦處理的聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜相比,利用光配向法的聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜通常電特性差,由此有液晶顯示元件的顯示品質受損的傾向。認為其原因在於:關於為了產生光化學反應而導入的光反應性基,其中,偶氮基吸收光而容易產生自由基,因此液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率(以下,有時簡記為VHR(Voltage Holding Ratio))降低。[The problem to be solved by the invention] As described above, there is known a liquid crystal alignment film formed by performing alignment treatment on a polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film using a photo-alignment method. However, compared with the polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film using the rubbing treatment, the polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film using the photo-alignment method generally has inferior electrical properties, and thus the display quality of the liquid crystal display element tends to be impaired. It is thought that this is because of the photoreactive groups introduced to produce photochemical reactions. Among them, the azo group absorbs light and easily generates free radicals. Therefore, the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal display element (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as VHR (Voltage Holding Ratio)) decrease.

因此,本發明人等以提供一種可形成具有良好的殘像特性及對比度,即使長時間暴露於強光下,也維持高電壓保持率且顯示品質不降低的液晶顯示元件的配向膜、以及提供一種可形成此種液晶配向膜的液晶配向劑為目的而進行了努力研究。 [解決問題的技術手段]Therefore, the inventors of the present invention provide an alignment film that can form a liquid crystal display element that has good afterimage characteristics and contrast, maintains a high voltage retention rate and does not deteriorate display quality even if exposed to strong light for a long time, and provides A liquid crystal alignment agent capable of forming such a liquid crystal alignment film has been studied diligently for the purpose. [Technical means to solve the problem]

為了解決所述問題而進行了努力研究,結果本發明人等發現:通過使用式(1)所表示的二胺作為引起液晶配向劑的光化學變化的原料單體(有時也記載為感光性單體),可獲得具有高各向異性的配向膜,而且,通過使用所述配向膜,可形成具有良好的殘像特性及對比度,即使長時間暴露於強光下,也維持高電壓保持率且顯示品質不降低的液晶顯示元件,從而完成了本發明。 本發明包含以下的結構。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors have conducted diligent studies. As a result, the present inventors have discovered that by using the diamine represented by the formula (1) as a raw material monomer that causes the photochemical change of the liquid crystal alignment agent (sometimes also described as photosensitive) Monomer), an alignment film with high anisotropy can be obtained, and by using the alignment film, a good afterimage characteristic and contrast can be formed, and a high voltage retention rate can be maintained even if exposed to strong light for a long time Furthermore, a liquid crystal display element with no degradation in display quality has completed the present invention. The present invention includes the following structures.

[1] 一種液晶配向劑,包含至少一種聚合物,且所述液晶配向劑中,所述聚合物的至少一種為使四羧酸二酐類與二胺類反應而成的聚合物,所述二胺類的至少一種為式(1)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a~c分別獨立地為0~2的整數, Ra 及Rb 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)、式(P1-2)、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , Rc 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。[1] A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising at least one polymer, and in the liquid crystal alignment agent, at least one of the polymers is a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines, the At least one of the diamines is a compound represented by formula (1).
Figure 02_image003
In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may pass through any of -O- and -NH- Substitution, a to c are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1), formula (P1-2), -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , R c is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * represents the bond on the benzene ring in formula (1) Position, in formula (1), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

[2] 根據[1]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種為式(1-1)或式(1-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image007
式(1-1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2),R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2), c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F, 式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a為0~2的整數,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , b為0~2的整數,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1-1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。[2] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein at least one of the compounds represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (1-1) or formula (1-2).
Figure 02_image007
In the formula (1-1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may pass through -O- and -NH- Either one is substituted, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1-1) or formula (P1) -2), c is an integer of 0-2, R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F, in formula (1-2), X is carbon number 1 to The alkylene group of 12, the non-adjacent one or more of -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may be substituted by any one of -O- and -NH-, a is an integer of 0-2, R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , b is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , c is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * means that on the benzene ring in formula (1-1) Bonding position: In formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

[3] 根據[2]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,式(1-1)所表示的化合物為選自由式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所組成的群組中的至少一個式所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)中,R6 為碳數1~4的烷基, l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。[3] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [2], wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-1-1) to formula (1-1-12) A compound represented by at least one formula in the group.
Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
In formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12), R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, l is an integer of 1 to 10, m is an integer of 1 to 11, and n is 1 An integer of ~12.

[4] 根據[2]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,式(1-2)所表示的化合物為選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的至少一個式所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image014
式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)中,l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。[4] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [2], wherein the compound represented by formula (1-2) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) A compound represented by at least one formula in the group.
Figure 02_image014
In formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9), l is an integer of 1-10, m is an integer of 1-11, and n is an integer of 1-12.

[5] 根據[1]至[4]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所有的聚合物包含至少一種作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物。[5] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein all the polymers include at least one compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material.

[6] 根據[1]至[4]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,至少一種聚合物不包含作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物。[6] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein at least one polymer does not contain the compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material.

[7] 一種液晶配向膜,其是由根據[1]至[6]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑形成。[7] A liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [6].

[8] 一種液晶顯示元件,具有根據[7]項所述的液晶配向膜。[8] A liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film according to [7].

[9] 一種液晶配向膜的製造方法,包括:將根據[1]至[6]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上的步驟;以及對所獲得的塗膜照射偏光紫外線的步驟。[9] A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film, comprising: applying the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [6] on a substrate; and irradiating the obtained coating film with polarized ultraviolet rays step.

[10] 一種化合物,由式(1)表示。

Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a~c分別獨立地為0~2的整數, Ra 及Rb 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)、式(P1-2)、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , Rc 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。[10] A compound represented by formula (1).
Figure 02_image003
In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may pass through any of -O- and -NH- Substitution, a to c are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1), formula (P1-2), -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , R c is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * represents the bond on the benzene ring in formula (1) Position, in formula (1), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

[11] 根據[10]項所述的化合物,其由式(1-1)或式(1-2)表示。

Figure 02_image007
式(1-1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2),R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2), c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F, 式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a為0~2的整數,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , b為0~2的整數,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1-1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。[11] The compound according to the item [10], which is represented by formula (1-1) or formula (1-2).
Figure 02_image007
In the formula (1-1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may pass through -O- and -NH- Either one is substituted, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1-1) or formula (P1) -2), c is an integer of 0-2, R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F, in formula (1-2), X is carbon number 1 to The alkylene group of 12, the non-adjacent one or more of -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may be substituted by any one of -O- and -NH-, a is an integer of 0-2, R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , b is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , c is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * means that on the benzene ring in formula (1-1) Bonding position: In formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

[12] 根據[11]項所述的化合物,其中,式(1-1)所表示的化合物由選自由式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所組成的群組中的至少一個式表示。

Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)中,R6 為碳數1~4的烷基, l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。[12] The compound according to the item [11], wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-1-1) to formula (1-1-12) At least one of the formulas.
Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
In formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12), R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, l is an integer of 1 to 10, m is an integer of 1 to 11, and n is 1 An integer of ~12.

[13] 根據[11]項所述的化合物,其中,式(1-2)所表示的化合物由選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的至少一個式表示。

Figure 02_image014
式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)中,l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。[13] The compound according to [11], wherein the compound represented by formula (1-2) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) At least one of the formulas.
Figure 02_image014
In formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9), l is an integer of 1-10, m is an integer of 1-11, and n is an integer of 1-12.

[14] 一種聚合物,其是使四羧酸二酐類與二胺類反應而成,且所述聚合物中,所述二胺類為根據[10]至[13]中任一項所述的化合物的至少一種。 [發明的效果][14] A polymer that is formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines, and in the polymer, the diamines are according to any one of [10] to [13] At least one of the aforementioned compounds. [Effects of the invention]

通過使用本發明的光配向用液晶配向劑,可獲得具有高各向異性的液晶配向膜。另外,通過使用所述液晶配向膜,可實現殘像特性及對比度優異,即使長時間暴露於強光下,也維持高電壓保持率且顯示品質不降低的液晶顯示元件。By using the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment of the present invention, a liquid crystal alignment film with high anisotropy can be obtained. In addition, by using the liquid crystal alignment film, it is possible to realize a liquid crystal display element that has excellent afterimage characteristics and contrast, maintains a high voltage retention rate and does not degrade display quality even when exposed to strong light for a long time.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。以下記載的構成要件的說明有時基於具有代表性的實施方式或具體例而成,但本發明並不限定於此種實施方式。本發明中的「液晶配向劑」是當在基板上形成所述膜時,通過照射偏光紫外線而可賦予各向異性的液晶配向劑,本說明書中,若有時也簡稱為「液晶配向劑」,則有時也稱為「光配向用液晶配向劑」。另外,本發明中,所謂「四羧酸二酐類」,是指四羧酸二酐、四羧酸二酯或四羧酸二酯二鹵化物。另外,本發明中,有時也將二胺及二醯肼稱為「二胺類」。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on representative embodiments or specific examples, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. The "liquid crystal alignment agent" in the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent that can impart anisotropy by irradiating polarized ultraviolet rays when the film is formed on a substrate. In this specification, if sometimes it is also simply referred to as "liquid crystal alignment agent" , It is sometimes called "liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment." In addition, in the present invention, the "tetracarboxylic dianhydrides" refer to tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, tetracarboxylic acid diesters, or tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalides. In addition, in the present invention, diamine and dihydrazine may also be referred to as "diamines".

<式(1)所表示的化合物> 本發明的液晶配向劑為包含使四羧酸二酐類與二胺類反應而成的聚合物的液晶配向劑,所述二胺類包含選自由以下的式(1)所表示的化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種。

Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a~c分別獨立地為0~2的整數, Ra 及Rb 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)、式(P1-2)、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , Rc 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。<Compound represented by formula (1)> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines, and the diamines include those selected from the group consisting of At least one of the group consisting of the compound represented by formula (1).
Figure 02_image003
In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may pass through any of -O- and -NH- Substitution, a to c are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1), formula (P1-2), -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , R c is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * represents the bond on the benzene ring in formula (1) Position, in formula (1), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

本發明的式(1)所表示的化合物具有在偶氮苯結構的單側經由伸烷基等而鍵結有苯環的結構。The compound represented by the formula (1) of the present invention has a structure in which a benzene ring is bonded to one side of the azobenzene structure via an alkylene group or the like.

當將式(1)所表示的化合物用作聚合物的原料時,與將雖具有偶氮苯結構但在其單側未鍵結伸烷基等及經由伸烷基等的苯環的單體(例如,二胺基偶氮苯)用作聚合物的原料的情況相比,聚合物整體中的偶氮苯結構的比例相對降低。因此,認為:當使用包含將式(1)所表示的化合物用作原料的聚合物的液晶配向劑來形成液晶配向膜,並使用所述膜來形成液晶顯示元件時,可抑制因所述膜的形成過程中的光照射而引起的液晶顯示元件的VHR降低。When the compound represented by the formula (1) is used as a raw material for a polymer, it will have an azobenzene structure, but a monomer that is not bonded to an alkylene ring or the like via an alkylene ring on one side (For example, diamino azobenzene) When used as a raw material of a polymer, the ratio of the azobenzene structure in the whole polymer is relatively lowered. Therefore, it is considered that when a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polymer using a compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material is used to form a liquid crystal alignment film, and the film is used to form a liquid crystal display element, it is possible to suppress The VHR of the liquid crystal display element is reduced due to light irradiation during the formation process.

但是,僅僅單純地減少液晶配向劑的原料中的具有偶氮苯結構的單體(例如,二胺基偶氮苯)的使用比例,雖然VHR降低得到抑制,但是有液晶顯示元件的殘像特性或對比度惡化的擔憂。However, by simply reducing the use ratio of monomers having an azobenzene structure (for example, diaminoazobenzene) in the raw material of the liquid crystal alignment agent, although the reduction in VHR is suppressed, the residual image characteristics of the liquid crystal display element are obtained. Or worry about the deterioration of contrast.

相對於此,本發明人等發現:通過將式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種用作原料,減少偶氮苯結構的比例而抑制VHR降低,並且可實現良好的殘像特性及對比度。其理由並不一定明確,但認為如以下所述。In contrast, the present inventors found that by using at least one of the compounds represented by formula (1) as a raw material, the ratio of the azobenzene structure is reduced to suppress the reduction in VHR, and it is possible to achieve good afterimage characteristics and contrast. The reason is not necessarily clear, but it is considered as follows.

利用偶氮苯結構的光異構化的光配向用液晶配向劑中,當在使用光配向用液晶配向劑來形成液晶配向膜的過程中照射偏光紫外線時,偶氮苯結構引起光異構化反應,最終偶氮苯結構沿著一方向(與偏向方向垂直的方向)進行配向。使用式(1)所表示的化合物的聚醯胺酸中,例如與使用二胺基偶氮苯的情況相比,在偶氮苯結構的單側經由伸烷基等而鍵結有苯環,立體障礙少且容易引起所述光異構化反應,因此推測即使偶氮苯結構的比例少,也可獲得良好的殘像特性及對比度。進而,聚合物中,伸烷基相對於醯亞胺鍵或環結構的比例相對變高,因此推測聚合物整體也容易移動並顯現高各向異性也是獲得良好的殘像特性及對比度的理由之一。In the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment using photoisomerization of the azobenzene structure, when polarized ultraviolet rays are irradiated during the process of forming the liquid crystal alignment film using the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment, the azobenzene structure causes photoisomerization After the reaction, the final azobenzene structure is aligned in one direction (the direction perpendicular to the deflection direction). In the polyamide acid using the compound represented by formula (1), for example, compared with the case of using diaminoazobenzene, a benzene ring is bonded to one side of the azobenzene structure via an alkylene group or the like, Since there are few steric obstacles and the photoisomerization reaction is likely to occur, it is estimated that even if the proportion of the azobenzene structure is small, good afterimage characteristics and contrast can be obtained. Furthermore, in the polymer, the ratio of the alkylene group to the imine bond or the ring structure is relatively high. Therefore, it is speculated that the polymer as a whole is also easy to move and exhibits high anisotropy, which is also the reason for obtaining good afterimage characteristics and contrast. One.

本說明書中,所謂偶氮苯結構表示下述式(A)所表示的結構。

Figure 02_image021
式(A)中,*為鍵結鍵,鍵結鍵相對於苯環的鍵結位置分別獨立地為任意,苯環的能夠進行取代的氫也可具有取代基。In this specification, the azobenzene structure means a structure represented by the following formula (A).
Figure 02_image021
In formula (A), * is a bonding bond, and the bonding position of the bonding bond with respect to the benzene ring is independently arbitrary, and the substitutable hydrogen of the benzene ring may have a substituent.

<式(1)所表示的化合物> 作為式(1)所表示的化合物,可列舉以下的式(1-1)或式(1-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image007
式(1-1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2),R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2), c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F, 式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a為0~2的整數,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , b為0~2的整數,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 02_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1-1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。<Compound represented by formula (1)> As the compound represented by formula (1), a compound represented by the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) can be mentioned.
Figure 02_image007
In the formula (1-1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may pass through -O- and -NH- Either one is substituted, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1-1) or formula (P1) -2), c is an integer of 0-2, R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F, in formula (1-2), X is carbon number 1 to The alkylene group of 12, the non-adjacent one or more of -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may be substituted by any one of -O- and -NH-, a is an integer of 0-2, R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , b is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , c is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 02_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * means that on the benzene ring in formula (1-1) Bonding position: In formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

關於式(1-1)所表示的化合物,在使包含所述化合物的原料組成物反應而形成聚合物的情況下,在由包含所述聚合物的液晶配向劑形成液晶配向膜時的煆燒步驟中,通過熱而引起環化反應。由此,通過偶氮苯結構消失或減少,可抑制源自偶氮苯結構的400 nm附近的光的吸收。因此,式(1-1)所表示的化合物使所獲得的配向膜的透明性更高。Regarding the compound represented by the formula (1-1), in the case of reacting a raw material composition containing the compound to form a polymer, firing when forming a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polymer In the step, the cyclization reaction is caused by heat. As a result, the disappearance or reduction of the azobenzene structure can suppress the absorption of light in the vicinity of 400 nm derived from the azobenzene structure. Therefore, the compound represented by the formula (1-1) makes the obtained alignment film more transparent.

例如,式(1-1)中,在R1 為氫原子且R2 具有所述式(P1-1)或所述式(P1-2)所表示的結構的化合物中,如以下的流程(Scheme)1般通過熱而引起環化反應。

Figure 02_image025
For example, in the formula (1-1), in a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom and R 2 has the structure represented by the formula (P1-1) or the formula (P1-2), as shown in the following scheme ( Scheme) Generally, the cyclization reaction is caused by heat.
Figure 02_image025

就合成的容易性、所獲得的液晶配向膜的各向異性的高度而言,有用的是式(1-2)所表示的化合物。In terms of ease of synthesis and the height of anisotropy of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film, the compound represented by formula (1-2) is useful.

具體而言,式(1-1)所表示的化合物為下述式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)中,R6 為碳數1~4的烷基, l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。 R6 的碳數1~4的烷基的優選具體例為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、叔丁基。Specifically, the compound represented by the formula (1-1) is a compound represented by the following formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12).
Figure 02_image010
Figure 02_image012
In formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12), R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, l is an integer of 1 to 10, m is an integer of 1 to 11, and n is 1 An integer of ~12. Preferable specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms for R 6 are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl.

具體而言,式(1-2)所表示的化合物為下述式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image029
Figure 02_image031
Specifically, the compound represented by the formula (1-2) is a compound represented by the following formulas (1-2-1) to (1-2-9).
Figure 02_image029
Figure 02_image031

式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)中,l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。In formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9), l is an integer of 1-10, m is an integer of 1-11, and n is an integer of 1-12.

在重視所形成的液晶配向膜的透明性的情況下,更優選為使用選自由式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所組成的群組中的化合物的任一種以上。在重視所形成的液晶顯示元件的對比度的高度的情況下,更優選為使用選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的化合物的任一種以上。在重視獲得各向異性更高的液晶配向膜的情況下,更優選為使用選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的化合物的任一種以上。 在重視獲得在配向處理時,即使能量少也可形成具有良好的殘像特性的元件的液晶配向膜(即,感度高的液晶配向劑)的情況下,更優選為使用選自由式(1-2-4)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的化合物的任一種以上。In the case of attaching importance to the transparency of the formed liquid crystal alignment film, it is more preferable to use any one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of formula (1-1-1) to formula (1-1-12) . In the case of attaching importance to the height of the contrast of the formed liquid crystal display element, it is more preferable to use any one of the compounds selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) the above. In the case of attaching importance to obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film with higher anisotropy, it is more preferable to use any one of the compounds selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) the above. In the case of attaching importance to obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film (ie, a liquid crystal alignment agent with high sensitivity) that can form an element with good afterimage characteristics even with low energy during alignment processing, it is more preferable to use a liquid crystal alignment film selected from the formula (1- 2-4) Any one or more of compounds in the group consisting of formula (1-2-9).

式(1-1)的優選具體例為式(1-1-9)或式(1-1-4)所表示的化合物。這些化合物中,更優選為式(1-1-9)中n=2~6且R6 為甲基或乙基的化合物或式(1-1-4)中l=2~6的化合物,進而優選為式(1-1-9)中n=2~6且R6 為乙基的化合物或式(1-1-4)中l=2~4的化合物。A preferable specific example of formula (1-1) is a compound represented by formula (1-1-9) or formula (1-1-4). Among these compounds, a compound in which n=2 to 6 in formula (1-1-9) and R 6 is a methyl or ethyl group or a compound in which l=2 to 6 in formula (1-1-4) is more preferable, More preferably, it is a compound in which n=2-6 in formula (1-1-9) and R 6 is an ethyl group or a compound in which l=2-4 in formula (1-1-4).

式(1-2)的優選具體例為式(1-2-1)、式(1-2-4)或式(1-2-7)所表示的化合物,更優選為l=2~6,進而優選為l=4,特優選為式(1-2-1)或式(1-2-4)的l=4。Preferred specific examples of formula (1-2) are compounds represented by formula (1-2-1), formula (1-2-4) or formula (1-2-7), and more preferably l=2-6 , More preferably l=4, and particularly preferably l=4 in formula (1-2-1) or formula (1-2-4).

<式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法> 對本發明的式(1)所表示的化合物的製造方法進行說明。<Method for producing compound represented by formula (1)> The method for producing the compound represented by formula (1) of the present invention will be described.

[式(1-1)所表示的化合物的製造方法] 通過步驟1-1~步驟1-3來製造式(1-1)所表示的化合物。此處,例示式(1-1)中R2 為氫原子且R3 為式(P1-1)的情況,但式(1-1)所表示的其他化合物也可參考下述例示並利用公知的反應來製造。[Method for producing compound represented by formula (1-1)] The compound represented by formula (1-1) is produced through step 1-1 to step 1-3. Here, the case where R 2 is a hydrogen atom and R 3 is a formula (P1-1) in the formula (1-1) is illustrated, but other compounds represented by the formula (1-1) can also refer to the following exemplification and use well-known Reaction to manufacture.

通過使式(1a)所表示的苯胺衍生物與式(1b)所表示的酚衍生物反應的步驟1-1(流程(Scheme)1-1)來製造式(1c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。

Figure 02_image033
The azobenzene represented by the formula (1c) is produced by step 1-1 (Scheme 1-1) of reacting the aniline derivative represented by the formula (1a) with the phenol derivative represented by the formula (1b) derivative.
Figure 02_image033

式(1a)及式(1c)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(1b)及式(1c)中,R6a 為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基。式(1a)及式(1c)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。In formula (1a) and formula (1c), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group, or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. In formula (1b) and formula (1c), R 6a is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, Or substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl. In formula (1a) and formula (1c), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

式(1a)所表示的苯胺衍生物與式(1b)所表示的酚衍生物的反應(步驟1-1的反應)為重氮偶合反應,可採用重氮偶合反應中的通常的反應條件來進行。例如,由式(1a)所表示的苯胺衍生物來製備苯重氮鹽,在乙酸鈉或乙酸鉀之類的羧酸鹽的存在下,與式(1b)所表示的酚衍生物實施反應,由此可高產率地獲得作為目標物的式(1c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。The reaction between the aniline derivative represented by the formula (1a) and the phenol derivative represented by the formula (1b) (the reaction of step 1-1) is a diazo coupling reaction, which can be carried out using the usual reaction conditions in a diazo coupling reaction . For example, a benzene diazonium salt is prepared from an aniline derivative represented by the formula (1a), and a reaction is carried out with the phenol derivative represented by the formula (1b) in the presence of a carboxylate such as sodium acetate or potassium acetate, As a result, the target azobenzene derivative represented by formula (1c) can be obtained in a high yield.

通過使式(1c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物與式(1d)所表示的鹵化烷基苯衍生物反應的步驟1-2(流程(Scheme)1-2)來製造式(1e)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。

Figure 02_image035
By reacting the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (1c) with the halogenated alkylbenzene derivative represented by the formula (1d) in step 1-2 (Scheme 1-2) to produce the formula (1e) Represents the azobenzene derivative.
Figure 02_image035

式(1c)及式(1e)中,R6a 為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基。 式(1c)、式(1d)及式(1e)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(1d)中的Y及式(1e)中的X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一個取代。 式(1d)中,L為溴原子或碘原子等鹵素原子、或甲磺醯基氧基、三氟甲磺醯基氧基、苯磺醯基氧基或對甲苯磺醯基氧基等磺醯基氧基,式(1d)及式(1e)中,c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F。 式(1c)、式(1d)及式(1e)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。In formula (1c) and formula (1e), R 6a is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, Or substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl. In formula (1c), formula (1d) and formula (1e), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group or an optionally substituted alkoxy group Carbonyl amino group. Y in the formula (1d) and X in the formula (1e) are an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may be controlled by -O -And -NH-. In formula (1d), L is a halogen atom such as a bromine atom or an iodine atom, or a sulfonyl group such as a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, a benzenesulfonyloxy group, or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group. In the acyloxy group, in formula (1d) and formula (1e), c is an integer of 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F. In formula (1c), formula (1d), and formula (1e), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

式(1c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物與式(1d)所表示的鹵化烷基苯衍生物的反應(步驟1-2的反應)為醚化反應,可採用醚化反應中的通常的反應條件來進行。例如,在氫氧化鈉或碳酸鉀之類的鹼的存在下,實施式(1c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物與式(1d)所表示的鹵化烷基苯衍生物的反應,由此可高產率地獲得作為目標物的式(1e)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。The reaction between the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (1c) and the halogenated alkylbenzene derivative represented by the formula (1d) (the reaction of step 1-2) is an etherification reaction, and the usual etherification reaction can be used The reaction conditions are carried out. For example, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, the reaction of the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (1c) with the halogenated alkylbenzene derivative represented by the formula (1d) can be carried out. The target azobenzene derivative represented by formula (1e) is obtained in a high yield.

通過步驟1-3(流程(Scheme)1-3)的反應而將式(1e)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物的R9 變換為胺基,由此製造式(1)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image037
式(1e)及式(1-1a)中,R6a 為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基。 式(1e)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(1e)及式(1-1a)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一個取代,c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F。 式(1e)及式(1-1a)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。By the reaction of step 1-3 (Scheme 1-3), R 9 of the azobenzene derivative represented by formula (1e) is converted into an amino group, thereby producing a compound represented by formula (1).
Figure 02_image037
In formula (1e) and formula (1-1a), R 6a is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group A carbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group. In formula (1e), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group, or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. In formula (1e) and formula (1-1a), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent ones of -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may be through -O- And any one of -NH- is substituted, c is an integer of 0-2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F. In formula (1e) and formula (1-1a), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

步驟1-3的反應中,通過利用適合於式(1e)中的R9 的方法,可高產率地製造式(1-1a)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。In the reaction of step 1-3, by using a method suitable for R 9 in formula (1e), the azobenzene derivative represented by formula (1-1a) can be produced in a high yield.

在式(1e)中R9 為硝基的情況下,步驟1-3的反應為還原反應,可利用如下多種還原法:將硫化鈉等硫化物、亞硫酸氫鈉等無機鹽等用作還原劑的利用試劑的還原;或在氫氣環境下,使用Pd/C催化劑、雷氏鎳等進行還原的接觸還原;在鹽酸、乙酸等酸存在下,使用鐵、鋅或氯化錫等進行還原的金屬還原等;但就可抑制偶氮鍵的還原,同時還原硝基的方面而言,優選為使用硫化物等還原劑進行的利用試劑的還原。 In the case where R 9 is a nitro group in formula (1e), the reaction in steps 1-3 is a reduction reaction, and various reduction methods can be used as follows: sodium sulfide and other sulfides, sodium bisulfite and other inorganic salts are used as reduction The use of reagents for the reduction of reagents; or in a hydrogen environment, the use of Pd/C catalysts, Reye's nickel, etc. for reduction contact reduction; in the presence of acid such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, etc., the use of iron, zinc or tin chloride for reduction Metal reduction, etc.; however, in terms of suppressing the reduction of the azo bond while reducing the nitro group, reduction with a reagent using a reducing agent such as a sulfide is preferred.

在式(1e)中R9 為可經取代的芳基甲基胺基的情況下,可列舉:利用氫化分解(例如,H2 、Pd/C)的脫保護、氧化條件下的脫保護、強酸性條件下的脫保護等。其中,優選為氧化條件下的脫保護,就可抑制偶氮鍵的還原,同時對芳基甲基胺基進行脫保護的方面而言,更優選為使用2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基-對苯醌(2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone,DDQ)、對氯醌、鄰氯醌等醌系氧化試劑或硝酸二銨鈰(IV)等氧化劑的溫和的氧化條件下的脫保護。另外,在強酸性條件下的脫保護中,可使用三氟乙酸(Trifluoroacetic Acid,TFA)或鹽酸。 When R 9 in formula (1e) is a substituted arylmethylamino group, examples include: deprotection by hydrogenolysis (for example, H 2 , Pd/C), deprotection under oxidative conditions, Deprotection under strong acid conditions, etc. Among them, deprotection under oxidizing conditions is preferred. In terms of suppressing the reduction of the azo bond and simultaneously deprotecting the arylmethylamino group, it is more preferred to use 2,3-dichloro-5,6 -Dicyano-p-benzoquinone (2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone, DDQ), quinone-based oxidizing reagents such as p-chloroquinone and o-chloroquinone, or oxidizing agents such as diammonium cerium (IV) nitrate Deprotection under mild oxidizing conditions. In addition, in the deprotection under strong acid conditions, Trifluoroacetic Acid (TFA) or hydrochloric acid can be used.

在式(1e)中R9 為可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基的情況下,通過進行酸處理,可容易對保護基R9 進行脫保護。作為脫保護中所使用的酸,可例示TFA或鹽酸。 When R 9 in the formula (1e) is an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group, the protecting group R 9 can be easily deprotected by acid treatment. As the acid used in the deprotection, TFA or hydrochloric acid can be exemplified.

所述中,示出了式(1-1)中R1 為氫原子且R2 為式(P1-1)的化合物的製造方法。式(1-1)所表示的其他化合物也可通過類似的製造方法來合成。 例如,通過將步驟1-1取代為式(1f)所表示的化合物與酚衍生物的反應,可獲得式(1-1)中R1 為式(P1-1)且R2 為氫原子的化合物。另外,例如,通過將步驟1-1取代為式(1f)所表示的化合物與式(1b)的反應,可獲得式(1)中R1 及R2 為式(P1-1)的化合物。

Figure 02_image039
式(1f)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,R6a 為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基。In the above, the method for producing a compound in formula (1-1) where R 1 is a hydrogen atom and R 2 is a formula (P1-1) is shown. Other compounds represented by formula (1-1) can also be synthesized by similar production methods. For example, by substituting step 1-1 into a reaction between a compound represented by formula (1f) and a phenol derivative, it is possible to obtain formula (1-1) where R 1 is formula (P1-1) and R 2 is a hydrogen atom Compound. In addition, for example, by substituting step 1-1 into a reaction of a compound represented by formula (1f) with formula (1b), a compound in which R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) are formula (P1-1) can be obtained.
Figure 02_image039
In formula (1f), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group, and R 6a is a hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group.

[式(1-2)所表示的化合物的製造方法] 通過步驟2-1~步驟2-3來製造式(1-2)所表示的化合物。[Method for producing compound represented by formula (1-2)] Through step 2-1 to step 2-3, the compound represented by formula (1-2) is produced.

通過使式(2a)所表示的苯胺衍生物與式(2b)所表示的酚衍生物反應的步驟2-1(流程(Scheme)2-1)來製造式(2c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。

Figure 02_image041
式(2a)及式(2c)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(2a)、式(2b)及式(2c)中,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,a為0~2的整數,b為0~2的整數。 式(2a)、式(2b)及式(2c)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。The azobenzene represented by the formula (2c) is produced by step 2-1 (Scheme 2-1) of reacting the aniline derivative represented by the formula (2a) with the phenol derivative represented by the formula (2b) derivative.
Figure 02_image041
In formula (2a) and formula (2c), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. In formula (2a), formula (2b) and formula (2c), R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , and R 5 is each independently For a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , a is an integer of 0-2, and b is an integer of 0-2. In Formula (2a), Formula (2b), and Formula (2c), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

式(2a)所表示的苯胺衍生物與式(2b)所表示的酚衍生物的反應(步驟2-1的反應)為重氮偶合反應,例如可參照所述步驟1-1。The reaction between the aniline derivative represented by the formula (2a) and the phenol derivative represented by the formula (2b) (reaction of step 2-1) is a diazo coupling reaction, for example, refer to the aforementioned step 1-1.

通過使式(2c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物與式(2d)所表示的鹵化烷基苯衍生物反應的步驟2-2(流程(Scheme)2-2)來製造式(2e)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。

Figure 02_image043
式(2c)、式(2d)及式(2e)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(2c)及式(2e)中,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,a為0~2的整數,b為0~2的整數。 式(2d)中的Y及式(2e)中的X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-或-NH-的任一個取代。 式(2d)中,L為溴原子或碘原子等鹵素原子、或甲磺醯基氧基、三氟甲磺醯基氧基、苯磺醯基氧基或對甲苯磺醯基氧基等磺醯基氧基,c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F。 式(2c)、式(2d)及式(2e)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。By reacting the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (2c) with the halogenated alkylbenzene derivative represented by the formula (2d) in step 2-2 (Scheme 2-2) to produce the formula (2e) Represents the azobenzene derivative.
Figure 02_image043
In formula (2c), formula (2d) and formula (2e), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group or an optionally substituted alkoxy group Carbonyl amino group. In formula (2c) and formula (2e), R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , a is an integer of 0-2, and b is an integer of 0-2. Y in the formula (2d) and X in the formula (2e) are an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may be controlled by -O -Or any one of -NH- substitution. In the formula (2d), L is a halogen atom such as a bromine atom or an iodine atom, or a sulfonyl group such as a methanesulfonyloxy group, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, a benzenesulfonyloxy group or a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group. In the acyloxy group, c is an integer of 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F. In formula (2c), formula (2d), and formula (2e), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

式(2c)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物與式(2d)所表示的鹵化烷基苯衍生物的反應(步驟2-2的反應)為醚化反應,例如可參照所述步驟1-2。The reaction between the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (2c) and the halogenated alkylbenzene derivative represented by the formula (2d) (reaction in step 2-2) is an etherification reaction, for example, refer to the step 1-2 .

通過步驟2-3(流程(Scheme)2-3)的反應而將式(2e)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物的R9 變換為胺基,由此製造式(1-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image045
式(2e)中,R9 為硝基、可經取代的芳基甲基胺基、可經取代的烷基羰基胺基或可經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。 式(2e)及式(1-2)中,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 ,a為0~2的整數,b為0~2的整數。 式(2e)及式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一個取代,c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F。 式(2e)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。 步驟2-3的反應中,通過利用適合於式(2e)中的R9 的方法,可高產率地製造式(1-2)所表示的偶氮苯衍生物。詳細而言,可參照所述步驟1-3。 The R 9 of the azobenzene derivative represented by the formula (2e) is converted into an amino group by the reaction of step 2-3 (Scheme 2-3) to produce the formula (1-2) Compound.
Figure 02_image045
In the formula (2e), R 9 is a nitro group, an optionally substituted arylmethylamino group, an optionally substituted alkylcarbonylamino group, or an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. In formula (2e) and formula (1-2), R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , a is an integer of 0-2, and b is an integer of 0-2. In formula (2e) and formula (1-2), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may be controlled by -O- And any one of -NH- is substituted, c is an integer of 0-2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F. In formula (2e) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. In the reaction of step 2-3, by using a method suitable for R 9 in formula (2e), the azobenzene derivative represented by formula (1-2) can be produced in a high yield. For details, please refer to the steps 1-3.

<聚合物的種類> 本發明中液晶配向劑中所使用的聚合物為選自由包含作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種的聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、部分聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物及聚醯胺醯亞胺所組成的群組中的至少一種。本說明書中,有時也將聚醯亞胺、部分聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物及聚醯胺醯亞胺稱為聚醯胺酸衍生物。<Type of polymer> The polymer used in the liquid crystal alignment agent in the present invention is selected from polyamide acids, polyimines, partial polyimines, and polyamides containing at least one compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material. At least one of the group consisting of acid ester, polyamide acid-polyamide copolymer, and polyamide imide. In this specification, polyimide, partial polyimide, polyamide, polyamide acid-polyamide copolymer, and polyamide imine are sometimes referred to as polyamide acid derivatives. .

以下,對聚醯胺酸及聚醯胺酸衍生物進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the polyamide acid and the polyamide acid derivative will be described in detail.

此處,聚醯胺酸為通過式(DI)所表示的二胺類與式(AN)所表示的四羧酸二酐的聚合反應而合成的聚合物,且具有式(PAA)所表示的構成單元。包含聚醯胺酸的液晶配向劑當在形成液晶配向膜的步驟中進行加熱燒成時,聚醯胺酸被醯亞胺化,可形成具有式(PI)所表示的構成單元的聚醯亞胺液晶配向膜。

Figure 02_image047
Here, polyamide acid is a polymer synthesized by the polymerization reaction of diamines represented by formula (DI) and tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN), and has a formula (PAA) represented by Constitutional unit. When the liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamide acid is heated and fired in the step of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, the polyamide acid is imidized to form a polyamide having a structural unit represented by the formula (PI) Amine liquid crystal alignment film.
Figure 02_image047

式(AN)、式(PAA)及式(PI)中,X1 為四價有機基。式(DI)、式(PAA)及式(PI)中,X2 為二價有機基。關於X1 中的四價有機基的優選範圍與具體例,可參照下述已知的四羧酸二酐一欄中記載的四羧酸二酐所對應的結構。關於X2 中的二價有機基的優選範圍與具體例,可參照與式(1)或下述已知的二胺類一欄中記載的二胺或二醯肼所對應的結構相關的記載。In formula (AN), formula (PAA) and formula (PI), X 1 is a tetravalent organic group. In formula (DI), formula (PAA) and formula (PI), X 2 is a divalent organic group. Specific examples of the preferred range of about X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, may be known in reference to the following tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described configuration corresponding to a column. Regarding the preferred range and specific examples of the divalent organic group in X 2 , refer to the description related to the structure corresponding to the diamine or dihydrazine described in the column of formula (1) or the following known diamines .

聚醯胺酸衍生物為將聚醯胺酸的一部分取代為其他原子或原子團而改變了特性的化合物,特優選為提高了在液晶配向劑中所使用的溶劑中的溶解性的聚醯胺酸衍生物。作為此種聚醯胺酸衍生物,具體而言,可列舉:1)聚醯胺酸的所有胺基與羧基進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯亞胺、2)部分地進行脫水閉環反應而成的部分聚醯亞胺、3)將聚醯胺酸的羧基變換為酯而成的聚醯胺酸酯、4)將四羧酸二酐化合物中所含的酸二酐的一部分取代為有機二羧酸並進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物、以及5)使所述聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物的一部分或全部進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯胺醯亞胺。這些衍生物中,例如,作為聚醯亞胺,可列舉具有所述式(PI)所表示的構成單元的聚醯亞胺,作為聚醯胺酸酯,可列舉具有下述式(PAE)所表示的構成單元的聚醯胺酸酯。

Figure 02_image049
式(PAE)中,X1 為四價有機基,X2 為二價有機基,Y為烷基。關於X1 、X2 的優選範圍與具體例,可參照與式(PAA)中的X1 、X2 相關的記載。Y中,優選為碳數1~6的直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基,更優選為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基或叔丁基。Polyamide acid derivatives are compounds whose properties are changed by substituting a part of polyamide acid with other atoms or atomic groups, and are particularly preferably polyamide acid whose solubility in the solvent used in the liquid crystal alignment agent is improved. derivative. Specific examples of such polyamide acid derivatives include: 1) polyimide in which all amine groups of polyamide and carboxyl groups undergo a dehydration ring-closing reaction; 2) a partial dehydration ring-closing reaction is carried out. Part of the polyimide, 3) Polyurethane obtained by converting the carboxyl group of polyamide into an ester, 4) Substituting part of the acid dianhydride contained in the tetracarboxylic dianhydride compound with organic Polyamide acid-polyamide copolymer obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid and 5) polyamide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing a part or all of said polyamide acid-polyamide copolymer Imine. Among these derivatives, for example, as polyimines, polyimines having a structural unit represented by the formula (PI) can be cited, and as polyamide esters, those having the following formula (PAE) can be cited: Polyurethane of the structural unit shown.
Figure 02_image049
In the formula (PAE), X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, X 2 is a divalent organic group, and Y is an alkyl group. For the preferred ranges and specific examples of X 1 and X 2 , refer to the descriptions related to X 1 and X 2 in formula (PAA). Among Y, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a tert-butyl group is more preferable.

聚醯胺酸可以由四羧酸二酐類與二胺類的聚合反應所得的反應產物的形式獲得。關於四羧酸二酐類的說明與優選範圍、具體例,可參照下述四羧酸二酐類一欄的記載。關於二胺類的說明與優選範圍、具體例,可參照下述二胺類一欄的記載。 聚醯胺酸的合成中所使用的四羧酸二酐類及二胺類分別可為一種,也可為兩種以上。通過將式(1)所表示的化合物用作二胺類的至少一種,可獲得本發明的聚醯胺酸。Polyamide acid can be obtained in the form of a reaction product obtained by the polymerization reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines. For the description, preferred range, and specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, refer to the description in the column of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides below. For the description of diamines, preferred ranges, and specific examples, refer to the description in the column of diamines below. The tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines used in the synthesis of the polyamide acid may each be one type or two or more types. By using the compound represented by the formula (1) as at least one of the diamines, the polyamide acid of the present invention can be obtained.

在將所述本發明的聚醯胺酸設為作為聚醯胺酸衍生物的聚醯亞胺的情況下,通過使所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液與作為脫水劑的乙酸酐、丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐及作為脫水閉環催化劑的三乙胺、吡啶、三甲吡啶等三級胺一起在溫度20℃~150℃下進行醯亞胺化反應,可獲得聚醯亞胺。或者,也可使用大量的不良溶媒(甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等醇系溶媒或二醇系溶媒)而使聚醯胺酸自所獲得的聚醯胺酸溶液析出,並使所析出的聚醯胺酸在甲苯、二甲苯等溶媒中與所述脫水劑及脫水閉環催化劑一起在溫度20℃~150℃下進行醯亞胺化反應,由此獲得聚醯亞胺。When the polyimide of the present invention is used as a polyimide as a polyimide acid derivative, the obtained polyimide solution is combined with acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and a dehydrating agent. Anhydrides such as trifluoroacetic anhydride and tertiary amines such as triethylamine, pyridine, and collidine as a dehydration ring-closing catalyst are carried out together at a temperature of 20°C to 150°C to obtain polyimide. Alternatively, a large amount of poor solvents (alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or glycol-based solvents) may be used to precipitate polyamide acid from the obtained polyamide acid solution, and the precipitated polyamide The amide acid undergoes an imidization reaction in a solvent such as toluene, xylene, etc. together with the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst at a temperature of 20°C to 150°C, thereby obtaining a polyimide.

所述醯亞胺化反應中,脫水劑與脫水閉環催化劑的比例優選為0.1~10(莫耳比)。相對於所述聚醯胺酸的合成中所使用的四羧酸二酐的莫耳量的合計,脫水劑與脫水閉環催化劑的合計使用量優選為1.5倍莫耳~10倍莫耳。通過調整所述醯亞胺化反應中所使用的脫水劑、催化劑量、反應溫度及反應時間,可控制醯亞胺化的程度,由此,可獲得僅聚醯胺酸的一部分醯亞胺化而成的部分聚醯亞胺。所獲得的聚醯亞胺也可與反應中所使用的溶劑分離並再溶解於其他溶劑中而用作液晶配向劑,或者也可不與溶劑分離而用作液晶配向劑。In the imidization reaction, the ratio of the dehydrating agent to the dehydration ring-closing catalyst is preferably 0.1-10 (molar ratio). The total usage amount of the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst is preferably 1.5 times mol to 10 times mol relative to the total molar amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polyamide acid. By adjusting the dehydrating agent, the amount of catalyst, the reaction temperature, and the reaction time used in the imidization reaction, the degree of imidization can be controlled, so that only a part of the imidization of polyamide can be obtained. Part of the polyimide. The obtained polyimide can also be separated from the solvent used in the reaction and re-dissolved in other solvents to be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be used as a liquid crystal alignment agent without being separated from the solvent.

聚醯胺酸酯可通過以下方法來獲得:通過使聚醯胺酸與含羥基的化合物、鹵化物、含環氧基的化合物等反應而合成的方法,或者通過使由四羧酸二酐衍生的四羧酸二酯或四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺類反應而合成的方法。由四羧酸二酐衍生的四羧酸二酯例如可使四酸二酐與2當量的醇反應並開環而獲得,四羧酸二酯二氯化物可通過使四羧酸二酯與2當量的氯化劑(例如,亞硫醯氯等)反應而獲得。再者,聚醯胺酸酯可僅具有醯胺酸酯結構,也可為醯胺酸結構與醯胺酸酯結構並存的部分酯化物。通過將式(1)所表示的化合物用作二胺類的至少一種,可獲得本發明的聚醯胺酸酯。Polyurethane can be obtained by a method of synthesis by reacting polyamide acid with hydroxyl-containing compounds, halides, epoxy-containing compounds, etc., or by deriving from tetracarboxylic dianhydride The tetracarboxylic acid diester or tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride reacts with diamines to synthesize. The tetracarboxylic acid diester derived from tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be obtained, for example, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with 2 equivalents of alcohol and opening the ring. The tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride can be obtained by making the tetracarboxylic acid diester and 2 Equivalent chlorinating agent (for example, sulfite chloride, etc.) is obtained by reaction. Furthermore, the polyamide ester may have only an amide acid ester structure, or may be a partial ester product in which an amide acid structure and an amide acid ester structure coexist. By using the compound represented by formula (1) as at least one of the diamines, the polyamide ester of the present invention can be obtained.

將式(1)所表示的化合物用作原料的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可與聚醯亞胺膜的形成中所使用的公知的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物同樣地製造。 相對於二胺類的合計1莫耳,四羧酸二酐類的總投入量優選為設為0.9莫耳~1.1莫耳。The polyamide acid or its derivative which uses the compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material can be manufactured similarly to the well-known polyamide acid or its derivative(s) used for formation of a polyimide film. The total input amount of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides is preferably 0.9 mol to 1.1 mol relative to 1 mol in total of the diamines.

本發明的液晶配向劑可僅包含這些聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及將它們加以醯亞胺化而獲得的聚醯亞胺中的一種,也可包含兩種以上。The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain only one of these polyamide acids, polyamide esters, and polyimines obtained by imidizing them, or two or more types.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量以聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)計,優選為5,000~500,000,更優選為5,000~50,000。聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量可根據利用凝膠滲透色譜(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)法的測定來求出。The molecular weight of the polyamide acid or its derivative of the present invention is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene, and is preferably 5,000 to 500,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. The molecular weight of polyamic acid or its derivatives can be determined by the measurement by the gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC) method.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可通過以下方式來確認它的存在:利用紅外光譜法(Infrared spectroscopy,IR)、核磁共振分析(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)對使本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物在大量的不良溶劑中沉澱而獲得的固體成分進行分析。另外,可通過以下方式來確認所使用的單體:利用氣相色譜法(Gas Chromatography,GC)、高效液相色譜法(High Performance Liquid Chromatography,HPLC)或氣相色譜質譜法(Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry,GC-MS)對使用KOH或NaOH等強鹼的水溶液將所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物分解後,使用有機溶劑從其分解物中所提取出的提取物進行分析。The presence of the polyamide acid or its derivatives of the present invention can be confirmed by the following methods: using infrared spectroscopy (IR), nuclear magnetic resonance analysis (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, NMR) to make the polyamide of the present invention The solid content obtained by precipitating the acid or its derivatives in a large amount of poor solvents is analyzed. In addition, the monomers used can be confirmed by the following methods: using gas chromatography (Gas Chromatography, GC), high performance liquid chromatography (High Performance Liquid Chromatography, HPLC), or gas chromatography mass spectrometry (Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, GC-MS) After decomposing the polyamide acid or its derivatives using an aqueous solution of a strong base such as KOH or NaOH, the extract extracted from the decomposed product using an organic solvent is analyzed.

四羧酸二酐類 作為本發明的聚合物的原料中所使用的四羧酸二酐類,可無限制地自公知的四羧酸二酐類中選擇。Tetracarboxylic dianhydrides The tetracarboxylic dianhydrides used as the raw material of the polymer of the present invention can be selected from known tetracarboxylic dianhydrides without limitation.

以下,列舉四羧酸二酐的例子。也可將這些四羧酸二酐衍生為四羧酸二酯或四羧酸二酯二氯化物而用作聚合物的原料。Hereinafter, examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydride are given. These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can also be derivatized into tetracarboxylic acid diesters or tetracarboxylic acid diester dichlorides and used as raw materials for polymers.

此種四羧酸二酐可為屬於二羧酸酐直接鍵結於芳香環上的芳香族系(包含雜芳香環系)及二羧酸酐未直接鍵結於芳香環上的脂肪族系(包含雜環系)的任一者的群組中的四羧酸二酐。Such tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can be aromatic systems in which dicarboxylic anhydrides are directly bonded to aromatic rings (including heteroaromatic ring systems) and aliphatic systems in which dicarboxylic anhydrides are not directly bonded to aromatic rings (including heteroaromatic rings). Ring system) tetracarboxylic dianhydride in any one of the group.

作為此種四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉以下的式(AN-1)~式(AN-9)、式(AN-11)、式(AN-15)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-10-2)及式(AN-16-1)~式(AN-16-15)所表示的化合物。Examples of such tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include the following formula (AN-1) to formula (AN-9), formula (AN-11), formula (AN-15), and formula (AN-10-1 ), compounds represented by formula (AN-10-2) and formula (AN-16-1) to formula (AN-16-15).

[式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image051
式(AN-1)中,G11 為單鍵、碳數1~12的伸烷基、1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基。X11 獨立地為單鍵或-CH2 -。G12 獨立地為下述三價基的任一種。
Figure 02_image053
在G12 為>CH-時,>CH-的氫原子可經甲基取代。在G12 為>N-時,G11 不為單鍵及-CH2 -,X11 不為單鍵。R11 為氫原子或甲基。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-1)]
Figure 02_image051
In the formula (AN-1), G 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a 1,4-phenylene group, or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group. X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -. G 12 is independently any one of the following trivalent groups.
Figure 02_image053
When G 12 is >CH-, the hydrogen atom >CH- may be substituted by a methyl group. When G 12 is >N-, G 11 is not a single bond and -CH 2 -, and X 11 is not a single bond. R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-1-1)~式(AN-1-15)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image055
式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-1-14)中,m分別獨立地為1~12的整數。As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by Formula (AN-1), the compound represented by following formula (AN-1-1)-Formula (AN-1-15) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image055
In formula (AN-1-2) and formula (AN-1-14), m is an integer of 1-12 each independently.

[式(AN-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image057
式(AN-2)中,R61 獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-2)]
Figure 02_image057
In the formula (AN-2), R 61 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.

作為式(AN-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-2-1)~式(AN-2-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image059
As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by Formula (AN-2), the compound represented by following formula (AN-2-1)-Formula (AN-2-3) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image059

[式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image061
式(AN-3)中,環A11 為環己烷環或苯環。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-3)]
Figure 02_image061
In the formula (AN-3), the ring A 11 is a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-3-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image063
As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-3), the compound represented by following formula (AN-3-1) and formula (AN-3-2) can be mentioned.
Figure 02_image063

[式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image065
式(AN-4)中,G13 為單鍵、-(CH2 )m -、-O-、-S-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-CO-、-C(CF3 )2 -或下述式(G13-1)所表示的二價基,m為1~12的整數。環A11 分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。G13 可鍵結於環A11 的任意的位置。
Figure 02_image067
式(G13-1)中,G13a 及G13b 分別獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-CONH-或-NHCO-所表示的二價基。伸苯基優選為1,4-伸苯基或1,3-伸苯基。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-4)]
Figure 02_image065
In the formula (AN-4), G 13 is a single bond, -(CH 2 ) m -, -O-, -S-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -or a divalent group represented by the following formula (G13-1), where m is an integer of 1-12. Ring A 11 is each independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring. G 13 can be bonded to any position of ring A 11.
Figure 02_image067
In formula (G13-1), G 13a and G 13b are each independently a single bond, a divalent group represented by -O-, -CONH-, or -NHCO-. The phenylene is preferably 1,4-phenylene or 1,3-phenylene.

作為式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-4-1)~式(AN-4-31)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image069
Figure 02_image071
式(AN-4-17)中,m為1~12的整數。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-4) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-4-1) to (AN-4-31).
Figure 02_image069
Figure 02_image071
In formula (AN-4-17), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure 02_image073
Figure 02_image075
Figure 02_image073
Figure 02_image075

[式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image077
式(AN-5)中,R11 獨立地為氫原子或甲基。兩個R11 中的苯環上的R11 鍵結於苯環的能夠進行取代的位置的任一者上。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-5)]
Figure 02_image077
In formula (AN-5), R 11 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Any one of the two R 11 R 11 is a benzene ring bonded to the benzene ring can be substituted on position.

作為式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-5-1)~式(AN-5-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image079
As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-5), the compound represented by following formula (AN-5-1)-formula (AN-5-3) is mentioned.
Figure 02_image079

[式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image081
式(AN-6)中,X11 獨立地為單鍵或-CH2 -。X12 為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -或-CH=CH-。n為1或2。在n為2時,兩個X12 可相互相同,也可不同。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-6)]
Figure 02_image081
In formula (AN-6), X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -. X 12 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -or -CH=CH-. n is 1 or 2. When n is 2, two X 12 may be the same as or different from each other.

作為式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-6-1)~式(AN-6-12)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image083
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-6) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-6-1) to (AN-6-12).
Figure 02_image083

[式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image085
式(AN-7)中,X11 為單鍵或-CH2 -。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-7)]
Figure 02_image085
In formula (AN-7), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2 -.

作為式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-7-1)、式(AN-7-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image087
As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-7), the compound represented by following formula (AN-7-1) and formula (AN-7-2) can be mentioned.
Figure 02_image087

[式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image089
式(AN-8)中,X11 為單鍵或-CH2 -。R12 為氫原子、甲基、乙基或苯基。環A12 為環己烷環或環己烯環。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-8)]
Figure 02_image089
In the formula (AN-8), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2 -. R 12 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group. Ring A 12 is a cyclohexane ring or a cyclohexene ring.

作為式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-8-1)、式(AN-8-2)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image091
As an example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-8), the compound represented by following formula (AN-8-1) and formula (AN-8-2) can be mentioned.
Figure 02_image091

[式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image093
式(AN-9)中,r分別獨立地為0或1。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-9)]
Figure 02_image093
In formula (AN-9), r is independently 0 or 1 respectively.

作為式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-9-1)~式(AN-9-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image095
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-9) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-9-1) to (AN-9-3).
Figure 02_image095

[式(AN-10-1)及式(AN-10-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image097
[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-10-1) and formula (AN-10-2)]
Figure 02_image097

[式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image099
式(AN-11)中,環A11 獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-11)]
Figure 02_image099
In formula (AN-11), ring A 11 is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-11-1)~式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image101
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-11) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-11-1) to (AN-11-3).
Figure 02_image101

[式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image103
式(AN-12)中,環A11 分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-12)]
Figure 02_image103
In formula (AN-12), ring A 11 is each independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-12-1)~式(AN-12-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image105
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-12) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-12-1) to (AN-12-3).
Figure 02_image105

[式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐]

Figure 02_image107
式(AN-15)中,w為1~10的整數。[Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-15)]
Figure 02_image107
In formula (AN-15), w is an integer of 1-10.

作為式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉下述式(AN-15-1)~式(AN-15-3)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image109
Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-15) include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-15-1) to (AN-15-3).
Figure 02_image109

作為所述以外的四羧酸二酐,可列舉下述式(AN-16-1)~式(AN-16-15)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image111
Examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides other than the above include compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-16-1) to (AN-16-15).
Figure 02_image111

對所述四羧酸二酐中提高後述的液晶配向膜的各特性的適宜的材料進行敘述。在重視進一步提高液晶配向性的情況下,更優選為式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-21)或式(AN-4-29)所表示的化合物,式(AN-1-2)中,優選為m=4~8,式(AN-4-17)中,優選為m=4~8。Among the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, suitable materials that improve the characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film described later will be described. In the case of focusing on further improving the orientation of liquid crystals, it is more preferable to use the formula (AN-1-2), the formula (AN-4-17), the formula (AN-4-21) or the formula (AN-4-29). The compound represented is preferably m=4-8 in formula (AN-1-2), and preferably m=4-8 in formula (AN-4-17).

在重視提高液晶顯示元件的透過率的情況下,優選為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-16-3)、式(AN-16-4)或式(AN-2-1)所表示的化合物,其中,式(AN-1-2)中,優選為m=4或8,式(AN-4-17)中,優選為m=4~8,更優選為m=8。In the case of attaching importance to improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display element, the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), the formula (AN-3-1), and the formula (AN-4-17) are preferred , Formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1), formula (AN-16-3), formula (AN- 16-4) or a compound represented by formula (AN-2-1), wherein m=4 or 8 is preferred in formula (AN-1-2), and m=4 or 8 is preferred in formula (AN-4-17). m=4-8, more preferably m=8.

在重視提高液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,優選為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-16-3)、式(AN-16-4)或式(AN-2-1)所表示的化合物,式(AN-1-2)中,優選為m=4或8,式(AN-4-17)中,優選為m=4或8,更優選為m=8。In the case of focusing on improving the VHR of the liquid crystal display element, the formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN-1-2), formula (AN-3-1), formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN-4-30), Formula (AN-7-2), Formula (AN-10-1), Formula (AN-16-3), Formula (AN-16-4), or Formula (AN-2 -1) The compound represented by the formula (AN-1-2), preferably m=4 or 8, and in the formula (AN-4-17), preferably m=4 or 8, more preferably m=8 .

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使液晶配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留直流電(Direct Current,DC))的緩和速度提高。在重視所述目的的情況下,優選為式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)或式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。As one of the methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of residual charges (residual direct current (DC)) in the liquid crystal alignment film by reducing the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. In the case of attaching importance to the purpose, the formula (AN-1-13), the formula (AN-3-2), the formula (AN-4-21), the formula (AN-4-29) or the formula (AN -11-3) The compound represented.

二胺類 作為本發明的聚合物的原料中所使用的式(1)所表示的化合物以外的二胺類,可無限制地自公知的二胺類中選擇。Diamines The diamines other than the compound represented by formula (1) used as the raw material of the polymer of the present invention can be selected from known diamines without limitation.

二胺可根據其結構而分成兩種。即,具有側鏈基的二胺與不具有側鏈基的二胺,所述側鏈基是在將連結兩個胺基的骨架看作主鏈時,從主鏈中分支的基。以下說明中,有時將此種具有側鏈基的二胺稱為側鏈型二胺。而且,有時將此種不具有側鏈基的二胺稱為非側鏈型二胺。所述側鏈基是具有增大預傾角的效果的基。 通過將非側鏈型二胺與側鏈型二胺適當地分開使用,可對應於各自所需的預傾角。Diamines can be divided into two types according to their structure. That is, a diamine having a side chain group and a diamine having no side chain group are groups that branch from the main chain when the skeleton connecting two amine groups is regarded as the main chain. In the following description, such a diamine having a side chain group may be referred to as a side chain diamine. Moreover, such a diamine which does not have a side chain group may be called a non-side chain type diamine. The side chain group is a group having the effect of increasing the pretilt angle. By appropriately separating the non-side-chain type diamine and the side-chain type diamine, it is possible to correspond to the pretilt angle required for each.

側鏈型二胺優選為以不損及本發明的特性的程度來並用。另外,關於側鏈型二胺及非側鏈型二胺,優選為以提高對於液晶的垂直配向性、VHR及殘像特性等特性為目的進行取捨選擇來使用。The side chain diamine is preferably used in combination to an extent that does not impair the characteristics of the present invention. In addition, as for the side-chain type diamine and the non-side-chain type diamine, it is preferable to select and use them for the purpose of improving characteristics such as vertical alignment to the liquid crystal, VHR, and residual image characteristics.

在以下的式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)中示出已知的不具有側鏈的二胺。

Figure 02_image113
所述式(DI-1)中,G20 為-CH2 -或式(DI-1-a)所表示的基。在G20 為-CH2 -時,m個-CH2 -的至少一個可被取代為-NH-、-O-,m個-CH2 -的至少一個氫原子可經羥基或甲基取代。m為1~12的整數。在DI-1中的m為2以上時,多個G20 可相互相同,也可不同。其中,在G20 為式(DI-1-a)時,m為1。
Figure 02_image115
式(DI-1-a)中,v分別獨立地為1~6的整數。The following formulas (DI-1) to (DI-16) show known diamines that do not have a side chain.
Figure 02_image113
In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2 -or a group represented by the formula (DI-1-a). In G 20 is -CH 2 -, m is a -CH 2 - of which may be substituted with at least one -NH -, - O-, m -CH 2 - in at least one hydrogen atom may be substituted with hydroxy or methyl. m is an integer of 1-12. When m in DI-1 is 2 or more, the plurality of G 20 may be the same as or different from each other. Among them, when G 20 is the formula (DI-1-a), m is 1.
Figure 02_image115
In formula (DI-1-a), v is an integer of 1 to 6 each independently.

式(DI-3)、式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G21 獨立地為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3 -、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3 -、-CONH-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )m -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-N(CH3 )-(CH2 )k -N(CH3 )-、-(O-C2 H4 )m -O-、-O-CH2 -C(CF3 )2 -CH2 -O-、-O-CO-(CH2 )m -CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2 )m -O-CO-、-(CH2 )m -NH-(CH2 )m -、-CO-(CH2 )k -NH-(CH2 )k -、-(NH-(CH2 )m )k -NH-、-CO-C3 H6 -(NH-C3 H6 )n -CO-或-S-(CH2 )m -S-,m獨立地為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2。式(DI-4)中,s獨立地為0~2的整數。In formula (DI-3), formula (DI-6) and formula (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3 -, -O-, -S-, -SS- , -SO 2 -, -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3 -, -CONH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) m -,- O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) k -N(CH 3 )-, -(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C (CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO-(CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O-(CH 2 ) m -O-CO-, -(CH 2 ) m -NH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CO-(CH 2 ) k -NH-(CH 2 ) k -, -(NH-(CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 -(NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S-(CH 2 ) m -S-, m is independently an integer of 1-12, k is an integer of 1-5, and n is 1 or 2. In formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0-2.

式(DI-5)中,G33 為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3 -、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3 -、-CONH-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )m -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-N(CH3 )-(CH2 )k -N(CH3 )-、-(O-C2 H4 )m -O-、-O-CH2 -C(CF3 )2 -CH2 -O-、-O-CO-(CH2 )m -CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2 )m -O-CO-、-(CH2 )m -NH-(CH2 )m -、-CO-(CH2 )k -NH-(CH2 )k -、-(NH-(CH2 )m )k -NH-、-CO-C3 H6 -(NH-C3 H6 )n -CO-或-S-(CH2 )m -S-、-N(Boc)-(CH2 )e -N(Boc)-、-NH-(CH2 )e -N(Boc)-、-N(Boc)-(CH2 )e -、-(CH2 )m -N(Boc)-CONH-(CH2 )m -、-(CH2 )m -N(Boc)-(CH2 )m -、下述式(DI-5-a)或下述式(DI-5-b)所表示的基,m獨立地為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,e為2~10的整數,n為1或2。Boc為叔丁氧基羰基。In the formula (DI-5), G 33 is a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3 -, -O-, -S-, -SS-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3 -, -CONH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) m -, -O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) k -N(CH 3 )-, -(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C(CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO -(CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O-(CH 2 ) m -O-CO-, -(CH 2 ) m -NH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CO-(CH 2 ) k -NH-(CH 2 ) k -, -(NH-(CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 -(NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S -(CH 2 ) m -S-, -N(Boc)-(CH 2 ) e -N(Boc)-, -NH-(CH 2 ) e -N(Boc)-, -N(Boc)-( CH 2 ) e -, -(CH 2 ) m -N(Boc)-CONH-(CH 2 ) m -, -(CH 2 ) m -N(Boc)-(CH 2 ) m -, the following formula ( In the group represented by DI-5-a) or the following formula (DI-5-b), m is independently an integer from 1 to 12, k is an integer from 1 to 5, e is an integer from 2 to 10, and n is 1 or 2. Boc is tert-butoxycarbonyl.

式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22 獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或碳數1~10的伸烷基。In formula (DI-6) and formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫原子可經-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的伸烷基、-OCH3 、-OH、-CF3 、-CO2 H、-CONH2 、-NHC6 H5 、苯基或苄基取代,此外,式(DI-4)中,環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫原子可經選自下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-i)的任一者所表示的基的群組中的一個取代,式(DI-5)中,在G33 為單鍵時,環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫原子可經NHBoc或N(Boc)2 取代。At least one hydrogen atom of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring in formula (DI-2)~(DI-7) can be through -F, -Cl, alkylene with carbon number of 1 to 3, -OCH 3 ,- OH, -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , phenyl or benzyl substituted, in addition, in formula (DI-4), at least one hydrogen atom of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring It may be substituted by one selected from the group of groups represented by any one of the following formula (DI-4-a) to formula (DI-4-i). In formula (DI-5), in G 33 When it is a single bond, at least one hydrogen atom of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring may be substituted with NHBoc or N(Boc) 2.

鍵結位置未固定於構成環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。而且,-NH2 在環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21 、G22 或G33 的鍵結位置以外的任意的位置。

Figure 02_image117
Figure 02_image119
式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20 獨立地為氫原子或-CH3 。式(DI-4-f)及式(DI-4-g)中,m分別獨立地為0~12的整數,Boc為叔丁氧基羰基。A group whose bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting a ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. In addition, the bonding position of -NH 2 on the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring is any position other than the bonding position of G 21 , G 22 or G 33.
Figure 02_image117
Figure 02_image119
In formula (DI-4-a) and formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently a hydrogen atom or -CH 3 . In formula (DI-4-f) and formula (DI-4-g), m is each independently an integer of 0-12, and Boc is a tert-butoxycarbonyl group.

Figure 02_image121
式(DI-5-a)中,q分別獨立地為0~6的整數。R44 為氫原子、-OH、碳數1~6的烷基或碳數1~6的烷氧基。
Figure 02_image121
In formula (DI-5-a), q is an integer of 0-6 each independently. R 44 is a hydrogen atom, -OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons.

Figure 02_image123
式(DI-11)中,r為0或1。式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。
Figure 02_image123
In the formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1. In formulas (DI-8) to (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

Figure 02_image125
式(DI-12)中,R21 及R22 分別獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23 獨立地為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數。 式(DI-13)中,R23 獨立地為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或-Cl,p獨立地為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數。 式(DI-14)中,環B為單環的雜環式芳香族基,R24 為氫原子、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基,q獨立地為0~4的整數。在q為2以上時,多個R24 可相互相同,也可不同。式(DI-15)中,環C為雜環式芳香族基或雜環式脂肪族基。式(DI-16)中,G24 為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結於環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。
Figure 02_image125
In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons or a phenyl group, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an alkylene group. In the group-substituted phenylene, w is an integer of 1-10. In the formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbons or -Cl, p is independently an integer of 0 to 3, and q is 0 to 4 Integer. In the formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heterocyclic aromatic group, R 24 is a hydrogen atom, -F, -Cl, alkyl with 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkyne Base, q is independently an integer of 0-4. When q is 2 or more, a plurality of R 24 may be the same as or different from each other. In formula (DI-15), ring C is a heterocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aliphatic group. In the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single bond, a C 2-6 alkylene group or 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1. In addition, a group whose bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting a ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. In formulas (DI-13) to (DI-16), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

在以下的式(DI-1-1)~式(DI-1-9)中示出式(DI-1)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image127
式(DI-1-7)及式(DI-1-8)中,k分別獨立地為1~3的整數。式(DI-1-9)中,v分別獨立地為1~6的整數。Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-1) are shown in the following formulas (DI-1-1) to (DI-1-9).
Figure 02_image127
In formula (DI-1-7) and formula (DI-1-8), k is each independently an integer of 1 to 3. In formula (DI-1-9), v is an integer of 1 to 6 each independently.

在以下的式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-2-2)、式(DI-3-1)~式(DI-3-3)示出式(DI-2)~式(DI-3)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image129
The following formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-2-2), formula (DI-3-1) ~ formula (DI-3-3) show formula (DI-2) ~ formula (DI -3) Examples of diamines shown.
Figure 02_image129

在以下的式(DI-4-1)~式(DI-4-27)中示出式(DI-4)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image131
Figure 02_image133
式(DI-4-20)及式(DI-4-21)中,m分別獨立地為1~12的整數。
Figure 02_image135
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-4) are shown in the following formulas (DI-4-1) to (DI-4-27).
Figure 02_image131
Figure 02_image133
In formula (DI-4-20) and formula (DI-4-21), m is an integer of 1-12 each independently.
Figure 02_image135

在以下的式(DI-5-1)~式(DI-5-50)中示出式(DI-5)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image137
式(DI-5-1)中,m為1~12的整數。Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-5) are shown in the following formulas (DI-5-1) to (DI-5-50).
Figure 02_image137
In formula (DI-5-1), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure 02_image139
式(DI-5-12)及式(DI-5-13)中,m分別獨立地為1~12的整數。
Figure 02_image139
In formula (DI-5-12) and formula (DI-5-13), m is each independently an integer of 1-12.

Figure 02_image141
式(DI-5-16)中,v為1~6的整數。
Figure 02_image141
In the formula (DI-5-16), v is an integer of 1 to 6.

Figure 02_image143
式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數。
Figure 02_image143
In formula (DI-5-30), k is an integer of 1-5.

Figure 02_image145
式(DI-5-35)~式(DI-5-37)及式(DI-5-39)中,m分別獨立地為1~12的整數,式(DI-5-38)及式(DI-5-39)中,k分別獨立地為1~5的整數,式(DI-5-40)中,n為1或2的整數。
Figure 02_image145
In formula (DI-5-35) to formula (DI-5-37) and formula (DI-5-39), m is an integer from 1 to 12, respectively, and formula (DI-5-38) and formula ( In DI-5-39), k is each independently an integer of 1 to 5, and in formula (DI-5-40), n is an integer of 1 or 2.

Figure 02_image147
式(DI-5-42)~式(DI-5-44)中,e分別獨立地為2~10的整數,式(DI-5-45)中,R43 為氫原子、-NHBoc或-N(Boc)2 。式(DI-5-42)~式(DI-5-44)中,Boc為叔丁氧基羰基。
Figure 02_image147
In formulas (DI-5-42) to (DI-5-44), e is each independently an integer from 2 to 10, and in formula (DI-5-45), R 43 is a hydrogen atom, -NHBoc or- N(Boc) 2 . In formulas (DI-5-42) to (DI-5-44), Boc is tert-butoxycarbonyl.

Figure 02_image149
Figure 02_image149

在以下的式(DI-6-1)~式(DI-6-7)中示出式(DI-6)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image151
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-6) are shown in the following formulas (DI-6-1) to (DI-6-7).
Figure 02_image151

在以下的式(DI-7-1)~式(DI-7-11)中示出式(DI-7)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image153
式(DI-7-3)及式(DI-7-4)中,m分別獨立地為1~12的整數,n獨立地為1或2。Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-7) are shown in the following formulas (DI-7-1) to (DI-7-11).
Figure 02_image153
In formula (DI-7-3) and formula (DI-7-4), m is each independently an integer of 1-12, and n is 1 or 2 independently.

Figure 02_image155
Figure 02_image157
Figure 02_image155
Figure 02_image157

在以下的式(DI-8-1)~式(DI-8-4)中示出式(DI-8)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image159
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-8) are shown in the following formulas (DI-8-1) to (DI-8-4).
Figure 02_image159

在以下的式(DI-9-1)~式(DI-9-3)中示出式(DI-9)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image161
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-9) are shown in the following formulas (DI-9-1) to (DI-9-3).
Figure 02_image161

在以下的式(DI-10-1)、式(DI-10-2)中示出式(DI-10)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image163
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-10) are shown in the following formulas (DI-10-1) and (DI-10-2).
Figure 02_image163

在以下的式(DI-11-1)~式(DI-11-3)中示出式(DI-11)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image165
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-11) are shown in the following formulas (DI-11-1) to (DI-11-3).
Figure 02_image165

在以下的式(DI-12-1)中示出式(DI-12)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image167
An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-12) is shown in the following formula (DI-12-1).
Figure 02_image167

在以下的式(DI-13-1)~式(DI-13-13)中示出式(DI-13)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image169
Figure 02_image171
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-13) are shown in the following formulas (DI-13-1) to (DI-13-13).
Figure 02_image169
Figure 02_image171

在以下的式(DI-14-1)~式(DI-14-9)中示出式(DI-14)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image173
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-14) are shown in the following formulas (DI-14-1) to (DI-14-9).
Figure 02_image173

在以下的式(DI-15-1)~式(DI-15-12)中示出式(DI-15)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image175
Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-15) are shown in the following formulas (DI-15-1) to (DI-15-12).
Figure 02_image175

在以下的式(DI-16-1)中示出式(DI-16)所表示的二胺的例子。

Figure 02_image177
An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-16) is shown in the following formula (DI-16-1).
Figure 02_image177

其次,對本發明的聚合物的原料中所使用的二醯肼進行說明。作為已知的不具有側鏈的二醯肼,可列舉以下的式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)的任一者所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image179
式(DIH-1)中,G25 為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -。 式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,所述基的至少一個氫原子可經甲基、乙基或苯基取代。式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立地為環己烷環或苯環,所述基的至少一個氫原子可經甲基、乙基或苯基取代。多個環E可相互相同,也可不同。Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -。式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結於環上的-CONHNH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。Next, the dihydrazine used in the raw material of the polymer of the present invention will be described. As known dihydrazine having no side chain, a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (DIH-1) to (DIH-3) can be cited.
Figure 02_image179
In the formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. In the formula (DIH-2), the ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen atom of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group. In the formula (DIH-3), the ring E is each independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and at least one hydrogen atom of the group may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group. The plurality of rings E may be the same as or different from each other. Y is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. In formula (DIH-2) and formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

在以下的式(DIH-1-1)、式(DIH-1-2)、式(DIH-2-1)~式(DIH-2-3)、式(DIH-3-1)~式(DIH-3-6)中示出式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)的任一者所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image181
式(DIH-1-2)中,m為1~12的整數。In the following formula (DIH-1-1), formula (DIH-1-2), formula (DIH-2-1) ~ formula (DIH-2-3), formula (DIH-3-1) ~ formula ( DIH-3-6) shows examples of compounds represented by any of formula (DIH-1) to formula (DIH-3).
Figure 02_image181
In formula (DIH-1-2), m is an integer of 1-12.

Figure 02_image183
Figure 02_image185
Figure 02_image183
Figure 02_image185

對適合於增大預傾角的目的的二胺進行說明。本發明的化合物可適宜地用於橫向電場型液晶顯示元件中所使用的液晶配向劑中,但也可與如下述般的二胺並用來增大預傾角。作為適合於增大預傾角的目的且具有側鏈基的二胺,可列舉式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)及式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-8)的任一者所表示的二胺。

Figure 02_image187
The diamine suitable for the purpose of increasing the pretilt angle will be described. The compound of the present invention can be suitably used in a liquid crystal alignment agent used in a lateral electric field type liquid crystal display element, but can also be used in combination with a diamine as described below to increase the pretilt angle. As a diamine suitable for the purpose of increasing the pretilt angle and having a side chain group, formulas (DI-31) to (DI-35) and formulas (DI-36-1) to (DI-36-8) ) Is a diamine represented by any one of them.
Figure 02_image187

式(DI-31)中,G26 為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2 O-、-OCH2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -或-(CH2 )ma -,ma為1~12的整數。G26 的優選例為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2 O-及碳數1~3的伸烷基,特優選的例子為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2 O-、-CH2 -及-CH2 CH2 -。R25 為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基或下述式(DI-31-a)所表示的基。所述烷基中,至少一個氫原子可經-F取代,而且至少一個-CH2 -可將-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代。所述苯基的氫原子可經-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、-OCF3 、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基取代。鍵結於苯環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置表示在所述環上為任意的位置,所述鍵結位置優選為間位或對位。即,在將基「R25 -G26 -」的鍵結位置設為1位時,兩個鍵結位置優選為3位與5位或2位與5位。In the formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CF 2 O- , -OCF 2 -or -(CH 2 ) ma -, where ma is an integer of 1-12. Preferred examples of G 26 are single bonds, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O- and alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred examples are single bonds, -O-,- COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 -and -CH 2 CH 2 -. R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or a group represented by the following formula (DI-31-a). In the alkyl group, at least one hydrogen atom may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-. The hydrogen atom of the phenyl group can be passed through -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbons, or an alkoxy group having 3 to 30 carbons. Substitution. The bonding position of -NH 2 to the benzene ring means any position on the ring, and the bonding position is preferably a meta position or a para position. That is, when the bonding position of the group "R 25 -G 26 -" is set to 1 position, the two bonding positions are preferably 3 and 5 positions or 2 and 5 positions.

Figure 02_image189
式(DI-31-a)中,G27 、G28 及G29 為鍵結基,它們分別獨立地為單鍵或碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-取代。環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 分別獨立地為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或蒽-9,10-二基,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 中,至少一個氫原子可經-F或-CH3 取代,s、t及u分別獨立地為0~2的整數,它們的合計為1~5,在s、t或u為2時,各個括號內的兩個鍵結基可相同,也可不同,而且,兩個環可相同,也可不同。R26 為氫原子、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 或-OCF3 ,所述碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可經下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價基取代。
Figure 02_image191
式(DI-31-b)中,R27 及R28 分別獨立地為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數。R26 的優選例為碳數1~30的烷基及碳數1~30的烷氧基。
Figure 02_image189
In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are bonding groups, and they are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkylene groups -CH 2 -can be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-. Ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are each independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, Pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or anthracene-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring In B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 , at least one hydrogen atom may be substituted by -F or -CH 3 , s, t and u are each independently an integer of 0-2, and their total is 1-5, in When s, t or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each bracket may be the same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different. R 26 is a hydrogen atom, -F, -OH, a C1-C30 alkyl group, a C1-C30 fluorine-substituted alkyl group, a C1-C30 alkoxy group, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , at least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be substituted with a divalent group represented by the following formula (DI-31-b).
Figure 02_image191
In formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6. Preferable examples of R 26 are an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

Figure 02_image193
式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30 獨立地為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2 -,R29 獨立地為氫原子或-CH3 ,R30 獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基或碳數2~20的烯基。式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫原子可經碳數1~20的烷基或苯基取代。而且,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。優選為式(DI-32)中的兩個基「-伸苯基-G30 -O-」的其中一個鍵結於類固醇核的3位,另一個鍵結於類固醇核的6位。式(DI-33)中的兩個基「-伸苯基-G30 -O-」在苯環上的鍵結位置優選為相對於類固醇核的鍵結位置,分別為間位或對位。式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。
Figure 02_image193
In formula (DI-32) and formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2 -, R 29 is independently a hydrogen atom or -CH 3 , and R 30 is independently hydrogen Atom, a C 1-20 alkyl group or a C 2-20 alkenyl group. At least one hydrogen atom of the benzene ring in formula (DI-33) may be substituted by an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In addition, a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. Preferably, one of the two groups "-phenylene-G 30 -O-" in the formula (DI-32) is bonded to the 3-position of the steroid core, and the other is bonded to the 6-position of the steroid core. The bonding position of the two groups "-phenylene-G 30 -O-" in the formula (DI-33) on the benzene ring is preferably relative to the bonding position of the steroid core, which is a meta position or a para position, respectively. In formula (DI-32) and formula (DI-33), -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

Figure 02_image195
式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31 獨立地為-O-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32 為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基。R31 為氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基,所述烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可經-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代。R32 為碳數6~22的烷基,R33 為氫原子或碳數1~22的烷基。環B25 為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結於苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意,優選為獨立地相對於G31 的鍵結位置而為間位或對位。
Figure 02_image195
In formula (DI-34) and formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbons, and G 32 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbons. R 31 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 -of the alkyl group may be substituted with -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-. R 32 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbons, and R 33 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbons. Ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexylene, and r is 0 or 1. Furthermore, -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary, and it is preferably a meta or para position independently of the bonding position of G 31.

在以下的式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-31-55)中示出式(DI-31)所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image197
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-31) are shown in the following formulas (DI-31-1) to (DI-31-55).
Figure 02_image197

式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-31-11)中,R34 分別獨立地為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,優選為碳數5~25的烷基或碳數5~25的烷氧基。R35 分別獨立地為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,優選為碳數3~25的烷基或碳數3~25的烷氧基。

Figure 02_image199
In formulas (DI-31-1) to (DI-31-11), R 34 is each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbons, preferably 5 to 25 alkyl group or C 5-25 alkoxy group. R 35 is each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbons, and preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbons or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbons.
Figure 02_image199

式(DI-31-12)~式(DI-31-17)中,R36 分別獨立地為碳數4~30的烷基,優選為碳數6~25的烷基。R37 分別獨立地為碳數6~30的烷基,優選為碳數8~25的烷基。

Figure 02_image201
Figure 02_image203
Figure 02_image205
Figure 02_image207
Figure 02_image209
In formulas (DI-31-12) to (DI-31-17), R 36 is each independently an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. R 37 is each independently an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbons, and preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 25 carbons.
Figure 02_image201
Figure 02_image203
Figure 02_image205
Figure 02_image207
Figure 02_image209

式(DI-31-18)~式(DI-31-43)中,R38 分別獨立地為碳數1~20的烷基或碳數1~20的烷氧基,優選為碳數3~20的烷基或碳數3~20的烷氧基。R39 分別獨立地為氫原子、-F、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 或-OCF3 ,優選為碳數3~25的烷基或碳數3~25的烷氧基。而且,G33 為碳數1~20的伸烷基。In the formulas (DI-31-18) to (DI-31-43), R 38 is each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbons, preferably 3 to 20 carbons. 20 alkyl group or alkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 39 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -F, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbons, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , preferably carbon An alkyl group having 3 to 25 or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbons. Furthermore, G 33 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

Figure 02_image211
Figure 02_image213
Figure 02_image211
Figure 02_image213

在以下的式(DI-32-1)~式(DI-32-4)中示出式(DI-32)所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image215
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-32) are shown in the following formulas (DI-32-1) to (DI-32-4).
Figure 02_image215

在以下的式(DI-33-1)~式(DI-33-8)中示出式(DI-33)所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image217
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-33) are shown in the following formulas (DI-33-1) to (DI-33-8).
Figure 02_image217

在以下的式(DI-34-1)~式(DI-34-12)中示出式(DI-34)所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image219
Figure 02_image221
式(DI-34-1)~式(DI-34-12)中,R40 分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基,優選為氫原子或碳數1~10的烷基,而且,R41 分別獨立地為氫或碳數1~12的烷基。Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-34) are shown in the following formulas (DI-34-1) to (DI-34-12).
Figure 02_image219
Figure 02_image221
In formulas (DI-34-1) to (DI-34-12), R 40 is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons And, R 41 is each independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons.

在以下的式(DI-35-1)~式(DI-35-3)中示出式(DI-35)所表示的化合物的例子。

Figure 02_image223
式(DI-35-1)~式(DI-35-3)中,R37 分別獨立地為碳數6~30的烷基,R41 分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基。Examples of the compound represented by the formula (DI-35) are shown in the following formulas (DI-35-1) to (DI-35-3).
Figure 02_image223
In formulas (DI-35-1) to (DI-35-3), R 37 is each independently an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbons, and R 41 is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons. base.

以下示出式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-8)所表示的化合物。

Figure 02_image225
式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-8)中,R42 分別獨立地表示碳數3~30的烷基。The compounds represented by formula (DI-36-1) to formula (DI-36-8) are shown below.
Figure 02_image225
In formulas (DI-36-1) to (DI-36-8), R 42 each independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.

對所述二胺類中提高後述的液晶配向膜的各特性的適宜的材料進行敘述。在重視提高液晶配向性的情況下,優選為使用式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-29)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)或式(DI-11-2)所表示的化合物。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=2~8,更優選為m=4~8。式(DI-5-12)中,優選為m=2~6,更優選為m=5。式(DI-5-13)中,優選為m=1或2,更優選為m=1。Among the above-mentioned diamines, suitable materials that improve the characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film described later will be described. In the case of focusing on improving the orientation of liquid crystals, it is preferable to use formula (DI-1-3), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), and formula (DI-5-9). (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-29), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI-7-3) or formula (DI-11- 2) The compound represented. In formula (DI-5-1), m=2-8 is preferable, and m=4-8 is more preferable. In formula (DI-5-12), m=2-6 is preferable, and m=5 is more preferable. In formula (DI-5-13), m=1 or 2 is preferable, and m=1 is more preferable.

在重視提高透過率的情況下,優選為使用式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-24)或式(DI-7-3)所表示的二胺,更優選為式(DI-2-1)所表示的化合物。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=2~8,更優選為m=8。式(DI-7-3)中,優選為m=2或3且n=1或2,更優選為m=3且n=1。When emphasis is placed on increasing the transmittance, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-3), the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-5), and the formula ( The diamine represented by DI-5-24) or formula (DI-7-3) is more preferably a compound represented by formula (DI-2-1). In formula (DI-5-1), m=2-8 is preferable, and m=8 is more preferable. In formula (DI-7-3), m=2 or 3 and n=1 or 2 are preferable, and m=3 and n=1 are more preferable.

在重視提高液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,優選為使用式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-4-22)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)或式(DI-13-1)所表示的化合物,更優選為式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)或式(DI-13-1)所表示的二胺。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=1。式(DI-5-30)中,優選為k=2。In the case of focusing on improving the VHR of the liquid crystal display element, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), and the formula (DI-4-10) , Formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-4-22), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30) or formula (DI- The compound represented by 13-1) is more preferably a diamine represented by formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-5-1), or formula (DI-13-1). In formula (DI-5-1), m=1 is preferable. In formula (DI-5-30), k=2 is preferred.

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使液晶配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度提高。在重視所述目的的情況下,優選為使用式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-4-20)、式(DI-4-21)、式(DI-7-12)或式(DI-16-1)所表示的化合物,更優選為式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)或式(DI-5-13)所表示的化合物。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=2~8,更優選為m=4~8。式(DI-5-12)中,優選為m=2~6,更優選為m=5。式(DI-5-13)中,優選為m=1或2,更優選為m=1。式(DI-7-12)中,優選為m=3或4,更優選為m=4。As one of the methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of the residual charge (residual DC) in the liquid crystal alignment film by reducing the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. In the case of attaching importance to the purpose, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), the formula (DI-4-10), the formula (DI-4-15), and the formula ( DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-4-20), formula (DI-4-21 ), the compound represented by the formula (DI-7-12) or the formula (DI-16-1), more preferably the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-5-1) or the formula (DI-5 -13) The compound represented. In formula (DI-5-1), m=2-8 is preferable, and m=4-8 is more preferable. In formula (DI-5-12), m=2-6 is preferable, and m=5 is more preferable. In formula (DI-5-13), m=1 or 2 is preferable, and m=1 is more preferable. In formula (DI-7-12), m=3 or 4 is preferable, and m=4 is more preferable.

[原料中的式(1)所表示的化合物的調配量] 用作本發明的聚合物的原料的原料組成物中,相對於用作原料的二胺類的總量,式(1)所表示的化合物優選為40莫耳%~100莫耳%,更優選為50莫耳%~100莫耳%。[The compounding amount of the compound represented by formula (1) in the raw material] In the raw material composition used as the raw material of the polymer of the present invention, the compound represented by formula (1) is preferably 40 mol% to 100 mol% relative to the total amount of diamines used as the raw material, and more preferably It is 50 mol% to 100 mol%.

用作本發明的聚合物的原料的原料組成物中,二胺類的一部分可被取代為選自由單胺及單醯肼所組成的群組中的至少一種。關於取代的比例,優選為選自由單胺及單醯肼所組成的群組中的至少一種相對於二胺類的比率為40莫耳%以下的範圍。此種取代可引起生成聚醯胺酸時的聚合反應的終止,可抑制聚合反應的進一步進行。因此,通過此種取代,可容易控制所獲得的聚合物(聚醯胺酸或其衍生物)的分子量,例如可不損及本發明的效果而改善液晶配向劑的塗布特性。只要不損及本發明的效果,則經單胺或單醯肼取代的二胺類可為一種,也可為兩種以上。作為所述單胺,例如可列舉:苯胺、4-羥基苯胺、環己胺、正丁胺、正戊胺、正己胺、正庚胺、正辛胺、正壬胺、正癸胺、正十一胺、正十二胺、正十三胺、正十四胺、正十五胺、正十六胺、正十七胺、正十八胺、正二十胺、對胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷及3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。In the raw material composition used as the raw material of the polymer of the present invention, a part of the diamines may be substituted with at least one selected from the group consisting of monoamines and monohydrazine. Regarding the ratio of substitution, it is preferable that the ratio of at least one selected from the group consisting of monoamines and monohydrazine with respect to diamines is in the range of 40 mol% or less. Such substitution can cause the termination of the polymerization reaction when the polyamide acid is produced, and can inhibit the further progress of the polymerization reaction. Therefore, by such substitution, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer (polyamide acid or its derivative) can be easily controlled, for example, the coating characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effect of the present invention. As long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, the diamine substituted with monoamine or monohydrazine may be one type or two or more types. Examples of the monoamine include aniline, 4-hydroxyaniline, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, n-nonylamine, n-decylamine, n-decylamine Monoamine, n-dodecylamine, n-tridecylamine, n-tetradecylamine, n-pentadecylamine, n-hexadecylamine, n-heptadecamine, n-octadecylamine, n-ecosamine, p-aminophenyl trimethoxy Silane and 3-aminopropyl triethoxysilane.

在本發明的聚合物為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的情況下,其原料也可還包含單異氰酸酯化合物作為單體。通過包含單異氰酸酯化合物作為單體,所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的末端得到修飾,分子量得到調節。通過使用所述末端修飾型的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,例如可不損及本發明的效果地改善液晶配向劑的塗布特性。就所述觀點而言,相對於單體中的二胺及四羧酸二酐的總量,單體中的單異氰酸酯化合物的含量優選為1莫耳%~10莫耳%。作為所述單異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉苯基異氰酸酯及萘基異氰酸酯。When the polymer of the present invention is polyamide acid or a derivative thereof, the raw material may further include a monoisocyanate compound as a monomer. By including a monoisocyanate compound as a monomer, the terminal of the obtained polyamide acid or its derivative is modified, and the molecular weight is adjusted. By using the terminal modified polyamide acid or its derivative, for example, the coating characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effect of the present invention. From this viewpoint, the content of the monoisocyanate compound in the monomer is preferably 1 mol% to 10 mol% relative to the total amount of the diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the monomer. Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate.

在不損及本發明的效果的範圍內,可並用本發明的感光性單體以外的感光性單體。以下示出可並用的感光性單體的例子,但並不限定於此。

Figure 02_image227
在所述各式中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。式(V-2)中,R6 分別獨立地為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-COOCH3 ,a分別獨立地為0~2的整數。式(V-4)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2)所表示的基,R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2)所表示的基。式(VII-1)中,R4 及R6 分別獨立地為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-N(CH3 )CO-、-CON(CH3 )-或單鍵,R4 及R6 中,直鏈伸烷基的-CH2 -的一個或不鄰接的兩個可經-O-取代,R5 及R7 獨立地為單環式烴環、縮合多環式烴環、雜環或單鍵。
Figure 02_image229
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基。R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同。*表示在式(V-4)中的苯環上的鍵結位置。A photosensitive monomer other than the photosensitive monomer of the present invention may be used in combination within a range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Although the example of the photosensitive monomer which can be used together is shown below, it is not limited to this.
Figure 02_image227
In the above formulas, the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. In formula (V-2), R 6 is each independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , and -COOCH 3 , and a is each independently an integer of 0-2. In formula (V-4), R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen, a group represented by formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), and at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1- 1) Or the group represented by formula (P1-2). In the formula (VII-1), R 4 and R 6 are each independently a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -N(CH 3 ) CO-, -CON(CH 3 )- or a single bond, in R 4 and R 6 , one or two non-adjacent ones of -CH 2 -of the straight-chain alkyl extension may be substituted by -O-, R 5 and R 7 is independently a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring, a condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon ring, a heterocyclic ring, or a single bond.
Figure 02_image229
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, or substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl. R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other. * Indicates the bonding position on the benzene ring in formula (V-4).

在重視本發明的配向膜的透明性的情況下,較佳為與式(V-4)所表示的感光性單體並用。作為式(V-4)所表示的感光性單體的更優選的例子,可列舉式(V-4-1)、式(V-4-2)。

Figure 02_image231
When attaching importance to the transparency of the alignment film of the present invention, it is preferably used in combination with the photosensitive monomer represented by formula (V-4). As a more preferable example of the photosensitive monomer represented by Formula (V-4), Formula (V-4-1) and Formula (V-4-2) are mentioned.
Figure 02_image231

<液晶配向劑> 以下,對由本發明的聚合物所得的液晶配向劑進行詳細說明。 本發明的液晶配向劑可包含一種本發明的聚合物,也可將本發明的聚合物及本發明以外的聚合物混合。再者,本說明書中,有時將包含一種所述聚合物的液晶配向劑稱為單層型液晶配向劑。有時將混合兩種以上的所述聚合物的液晶配向劑稱為摻合型液晶配向劑。摻合型液晶配向劑特別用於重視VHR可靠性或其他電特性的情況。<Liquid crystal alignment agent> Hereinafter, the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained from the polymer of the present invention will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may include a polymer of the present invention, or a polymer of the present invention and a polymer other than the present invention may be mixed. Furthermore, in this specification, a liquid crystal alignment agent containing one of the polymers is sometimes referred to as a single-layer liquid crystal alignment agent. Sometimes a liquid crystal alignment agent in which two or more of the polymers are mixed is referred to as a blended liquid crystal alignment agent. The blended liquid crystal alignment agent is especially used in situations where VHR reliability or other electrical characteristics are important.

作為摻合型液晶配向劑中所使用的本發明以外的聚合物,優選為聚醯胺酸及聚醯胺酸衍生物的任一種以上。作為本發明以外的聚合物,關於聚醯胺酸及聚醯胺酸衍生物,除不包含作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物以外,可參照所述本發明的聚合物的說明。The polymer other than the present invention used in the blend type liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably any one or more of polyamide acid and polyamide acid derivatives. As for polymers other than the present invention, regarding polyamide acid and polyamide acid derivatives, except that the compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material is not included, reference may be made to the description of the polymer of the present invention.

在使用兩成分的聚合物的情況下,例如有如下形態:其中一者選擇在液晶配向能力方面具有優異的性能的聚合物,另一者選擇對於改善液晶顯示元件的電特性而言具有優異的性能的聚合物,因獲得液晶配向性與電特性的平衡良好的配向劑而適宜。In the case of using a two-component polymer, for example, there are the following forms: one of them selects a polymer having excellent performance in terms of liquid crystal alignment ability, and the other selects a polymer having excellent properties for improving the electrical characteristics of liquid crystal display elements. High-performance polymers are suitable for obtaining an alignment agent with a good balance of liquid crystal alignment and electrical characteristics.

在所述情況下,通過控制各個聚合物的結構或分子量,可在如後述般將使這些聚合物溶解於溶劑中而成的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上並進行預乾燥來形成薄膜的過程中,使在液晶配向能力方面具有優異的性能的聚合物偏析於薄膜的上層,使對於改善液晶顯示元件的電特性而言具有優異的性能的聚合物偏析於薄膜的下層。其中,在混合存在的聚合物中,可應用表面能量小的聚合物分離於上層,表面能量大的聚合物分離於下層的現象。此種層分離的確認可通過以下方式來確認:所形成的液晶配向膜的表面能量為與由僅含有意圖偏析於上層的聚合物的液晶配向劑形成的膜的表面能量相同或與其相近的值。In this case, by controlling the structure or molecular weight of each polymer, a liquid crystal alignment agent prepared by dissolving these polymers in a solvent can be coated on a substrate and pre-dried to form a thin film as described later. , The polymer with excellent performance in liquid crystal alignment ability is segregated on the upper layer of the film, and the polymer with excellent performance for improving the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element is segregated on the lower layer of the film. Among them, among the mixed polymers, a phenomenon in which a polymer with a small surface energy separates in the upper layer and a polymer with a large surface energy separates in the lower layer can be applied. The confirmation of such layer separation can be confirmed by the following method: the surface energy of the formed liquid crystal alignment film is the same as or close to the surface energy of the film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent containing only the polymer intended to segregate in the upper layer .

作為顯現層分離的方法,也可列舉減小欲偏析於上層的聚合物的分子量。As a method of developing layer separation, reducing the molecular weight of the polymer to be segregated in the upper layer can also be cited.

包含聚合物彼此的混合的液晶配向劑中,也可通過將欲偏析於上層的聚合物設為聚醯亞胺來顯現層分離。In the liquid crystal alignment agent containing a mixture of polymers, layer separation can also be manifested by setting the polymer to be segregated in the upper layer as polyimide.

式(1)所表示的化合物可用作偏析於所述薄膜的上層的聚合物的原料單體,也可用作偏析於薄膜的下層的聚合物的原料單體,另外,還可用作兩種聚合物的原料單體,但更優選為用作偏析於薄膜的上層的聚合物的原料單體。The compound represented by formula (1) can be used as a raw material monomer for the polymer segregated in the upper layer of the film, can also be used as a raw material monomer for the polymer segregated in the lower layer of the film, and can also be used as two The raw material monomer for this type of polymer is more preferably a raw material monomer for the polymer segregated on the upper layer of the film.

作為用以合成偏析於所述薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐,可無限制地自所述所例示的公知的四羧酸二酐中選擇。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polyamide acid or its derivative segregated in the upper layer of the film can be selected without limitation from the well-known tetracarboxylic dianhydrides exemplified above.

用以合成偏析於薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐優選為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)或式(AN-4-21)所表示的化合物,更優選為式(AN-4-17)或式(AN-4-21)。式(AN-4-17)中,優選為m=4~8。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used to synthesize polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated on the upper layer of the film is preferably of formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN-1-2), and formula (AN-2-1 ), the compound represented by the formula (AN-3-1), the formula (AN-4-5), the formula (AN-4-17) or the formula (AN-4-21), more preferably the formula (AN-4 -17) or formula (AN-4-21). In formula (AN-4-17), m=4-8 is preferable.

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的式(1)所表示的化合物以外的二胺類,可無限制地自所述所例示的公知的二胺類中選擇。Diamines other than the compound represented by formula (1) used to synthesize polyamic acid or its derivatives segregated on the upper layer of the film can be selected from the well-known diamines exemplified above without limitation .

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的二胺類,優選為使用式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-13)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-7-3)或式(DI-13-1)所表示的化合物。其中,更優選為使用式(DI-4-13)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)或式(DI-13-1)所表示的化合物。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=4~8。式(DI-7-3)中,優選為m=3且n=1。As diamines for synthesizing polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated on the upper layer of the film, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-13), and the formula (DI-4- 15) Compounds represented by formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-7-3) or formula (DI-13-1). Among them, it is more preferable to use a compound represented by formula (DI-4-13), formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), or formula (DI-13-1). In formula (DI-5-1), m=4-8 is preferable. In formula (DI-7-3), m=3 and n=1 are preferable.

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐,可無限制地自所述所例示的公知的四羧酸二酐中選擇。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for synthesizing the polyamide acid or its derivative segregated in the lower layer of the film can be selected without limitation from the well-known tetracarboxylic dianhydrides exemplified above.

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐,優選為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-2-1)、式(AN-3-2)或式(AN-4-21)所表示的化合物,更優選為式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-2-1)或式(AN-3-2)。As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used to synthesize polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated in the lower layer of the film, the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-13), and the formula (AN-2 -1), the compound represented by formula (AN-3-2) or formula (AN-4-21), more preferably formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN-2-1) or formula (AN -3-2).

用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐優選為在四羧酸二酐的總量中包含10莫耳%以上的芳香族四羧酸二酐,更優選為包含30莫耳%以上。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used to synthesize the polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated in the lower layer of the film preferably contains 10 mol% or more of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, More preferably, it contains 30 mol% or more.

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的式(1)所表示的化合物以外的二胺類,可無限制地自所述所例示的公知的二胺類中選擇。Diamines other than the compound represented by formula (1) used to synthesize polyamic acid or its derivatives segregated in the lower layer of the film can be selected without limitation from the well-known diamines exemplified above .

作為用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的二胺類,優選為式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-18)、式(DI-4-19)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-13-1)或式(DIH-1-2)所表示的化合物。式(DI-5-1)中,優選為m=1或2的化合物,式(DI-5-30)中,優選為k=2的化合物。其中,更優選為式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-18)、式(DI-4-19)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-13-1)或式(DIH-1-2)所表示的化合物。As diamines used to synthesize polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated in the lower layer of the film, the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), and the formula (DI-4-10 ), formula (DI-4-18), formula (DI-4-19), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI -5-30), a compound represented by formula (DI-13-1) or formula (DIH-1-2). In formula (DI-5-1), m=1 or 2 is preferred, and in formula (DI-5-30), k=2 is preferred. Among them, formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-18), formula (DI-4-19), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-13-1) or The compound represented by formula (DIH-1-2).

相對於所有二胺類,用以合成偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的二胺類優選為包含30莫耳%以上的選自由芳香族二胺及芳香族二醯肼所組成的群組中的至少一種,更優選為包含50莫耳%以上。Relative to all diamines, the diamines used to synthesize polyamide acid or its derivatives segregated in the lower layer of the film preferably contain at least 30 mol% selected from aromatic diamines and aromatic dihydrazine. At least one of the constituent groups is more preferably 50 mol% or more.

作為偏析於薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物相對於偏析於薄膜的上層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物及偏析於薄膜的下層的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的合計量的比例,優選為5重量%~50重量%,進而優選為10重量%~40重量%。As the total amount of the polyamide acid or its derivative segregated in the upper layer of the film with respect to the polyamide acid or its derivative segregated in the upper layer of the film and the polyamide acid or its derivative segregated in the lower layer of the film The ratio is preferably 5% by weight to 50% by weight, and more preferably 10% by weight to 40% by weight.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可為包含第一聚合物鏈及結構與第一聚合物鏈不同的第二聚合物鏈的嵌段聚合物。另外,嵌段聚合物也可還可包含結構與第一聚合物鏈及第二聚合物鏈不同的其他聚合物鏈。例如,聚醯胺酸的嵌段聚合物可通過將式(PAA)所表示的特定聚醯胺酸(PAA1)的溶液與X1 及X2 的組合和聚醯胺酸(PAA1)不同的聚醯胺酸(PAA2)的溶液混合並加熱來形成。如此所形成的聚醯胺酸的嵌段聚合物包含(PAA1)n1 所表示的嵌段與(PAA2)n2 所表示的嵌段。(PAA1)n1 及(PAA2)n2 中的n1及n2各自獨立地為1以上的整數,優選為各自獨立地為2以上的整數。嵌段聚合物中,將式(1)所表示的化合物用作原料組成物的聚合物鏈可為任一種,也可為兩種以上,還可為所有的聚合物鏈。The polyamide acid or its derivative of the present invention may be a block polymer including a first polymer chain and a second polymer chain having a structure different from the first polymer chain. In addition, the block polymer may also include other polymer chains whose structures are different from those of the first polymer chain and the second polymer chain. For example, a block polymer of polyamide acid can be obtained by combining a solution of a specific polyamide acid (PAA1) represented by the formula (PAA) and a combination of X 1 and X 2 and a polyamide acid (PAA1) different from polyamide acid (PAA1). A solution of PAA2 is mixed and heated to form. The block polymer of polyamide acid formed in this way contains a block represented by (PAA1) n1 and a block represented by (PAA2) n2 . (PAA1) n1 and (PAA2) n1 n2 and n2 are each independently an integer of 1 or more, preferably are each independently an integer of 2 or more. In the block polymer, the polymer chains in which the compound represented by formula (1) is used as the raw material composition may be any one type, two or more types, or all polymer chains.

此處,聚醯胺酸嵌段聚合物可在分別單獨製造兩種以上的聚醯胺酸後進行混合並加熱來合成,也可在相同的反應容器中合成兩種以上的聚醯胺酸,然後進行加熱來合成。Here, the polyamide block polymer can be synthesized by separately producing two or more polyamides and then mixing them and heating them, or synthesizing two or more polyamides in the same reaction vessel, Then it is heated to synthesize.

另外,就液晶配向劑的塗布性或者所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度的調整的觀點而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有溶劑。所述溶劑只要為具有溶解高分子成分的能力的溶劑,則可無特別限制地應用。所述溶劑廣泛包含通常用於聚醯胺酸、可溶性聚醯亞胺等高分子成分的製造步驟或用途方面的溶劑,可根據使用目的而適宜選擇。所述溶劑可為一種,也可為兩種以上的混合溶劑。In addition, from the viewpoint of coating properties of the liquid crystal alignment agent or adjustment of the concentration of the polyamide acid or its derivative, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a solvent. The solvent can be used without particular limitation as long as it has the ability to dissolve polymer components. The solvent includes a wide range of solvents generally used in the production steps or applications of polymer components such as polyamide acid and soluble polyimide, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use. The solvent may be one type or a mixed solvent of two or more types.

作為溶劑,可列舉所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的親溶劑、或以改善塗布性為目的的其他溶劑。As a solvent, the hydrophilic solvent of the said polyamic acid or its derivative(s), or other solvents for the purpose of improving coatability can be mentioned.

作為相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物而為親溶劑的非質子性極性有機溶劑,可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯烷酮、二甲基咪唑烷酮、N-甲基己內醯胺、N-甲基丙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、二乙基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺、γ-丁內酯及γ-戊內酯等。 這些溶劑中,優選為N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、二甲基咪唑烷酮、γ-丁內酯或γ-戊內酯。Examples of aprotic polar organic solvents that are solvent-philic to polyamide acid or its derivatives include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and dimethylimidazolidinone , N-methylcaprolactam, N-methylpropanamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N- Diethylformamide, diethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, γ-butyrolactone and γ-valerolactone, etc. Among these solvents, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylimidazolidinone, γ-butyrolactone or γ-valerolactone is preferable.

作為以改善塗布性等為目的的其他溶劑的例子,可列舉:乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單叔丁基醚等乙二醇單烷基醚、二乙二醇單乙醚等二乙二醇單烷基醚、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚等二乙二醇二烷基醚。另外,可列舉:丙二醇單甲醚、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇等丙二醇單烷基醚、二丙二醇單甲醚等二丙二醇單烷基醚、三乙二醇單烷基醚、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、苯基乙酸酯及這些乙酸酯類等酯化合物。進而,可列舉:丙二酸二乙酯等丙二酸二烷基酯、乳酸烷基酯、二異丁基酮、二丙酮醇、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、二異丁基甲醇、四氫萘及異佛爾酮。Examples of other solvents for the purpose of improving coating properties include: ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monobutyl ether and ethylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, and diethylene glycol such as diethylene glycol monoethyl ether. Diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as glycol monoalkyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, and diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether. In addition, examples include: propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, butyl soluble Cellulose acetate, phenyl acetate, and ester compounds such as these acetates. Furthermore, examples include dialkyl malonates such as diethyl malonate, alkyl lactate, diisobutyl ketone, diacetone alcohol, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, 4- Methyl-2-pentanol, diisobutyl methanol, tetralin and isophorone.

這些溶劑中,優選為二異丁基酮、4-甲基-2-戊醇、二異丁基甲醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單叔丁基醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單甲醚或丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯。Among these solvents, diisobutyl ketone, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, diisobutyl methanol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether are preferred. , Diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether or butyl cellosolve剂Acetate.

本發明的液晶配向劑中的固體成分濃度並無特別限定,只要結合下述各種塗布法來選擇最合適的值即可。通常,為了抑制塗布時的不均或針孔等,相對於清漆重量,優選為0.1重量%~30重量%,更優選為1重量%~10重量%。The solid content concentration in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, as long as the most suitable value is selected in combination with the following various coating methods. Generally, in order to suppress unevenness or pinholes during coating, it is preferably 0.1% by weight to 30% by weight, and more preferably 1% by weight to 10% by weight relative to the weight of the varnish.

本發明的液晶配向劑的黏度根據塗布方法、聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度、所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的種類、溶劑的種類與比例而優選範圍不同。例如,在利用印刷機進行塗布的情況下為5 mPa·s~100 mPa·s(更優選為10 mPa·s~80 mPa·s)。若為5 mPa·s以上,則容易獲得充分的膜厚;若為100 mPa·s以下,則容易抑制印刷不均。在利用旋塗進行塗布的情況下,適合的是5 mPa·s~200 mPa·s(更優選為10 mPa·s~100 mPa·s)。在使用噴墨塗布裝置來進行塗布的情況下,適合的是5 mPa·s~50 mPa·s(更優選為5 mPa·s~20 mPa·s)。液晶配向劑的黏度可通過旋轉黏度測定法來測定,例如可使用旋轉黏度計(東機產業製造的TVE-20L型)來測定(測定溫度:25℃)。The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention differs in its preferred range depending on the coating method, the concentration of the polyamide acid or its derivative, the type of polyamide acid or its derivative used, and the type and ratio of the solvent. For example, in the case of coating with a printer, it is 5 mPa·s to 100 mPa·s (more preferably 10 mPa·s to 80 mPa·s). If it is 5 mPa·s or more, it is easy to obtain a sufficient film thickness, and if it is 100 mPa·s or less, it is easy to suppress printing unevenness. In the case of coating by spin coating, 5 mPa·s to 200 mPa·s (more preferably 10 mPa·s to 100 mPa·s) is suitable. In the case of coating using an inkjet coating device, 5 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s (more preferably 5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s) are suitable. The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be measured by a rotational viscosity measuring method, for example, it can be measured using a rotational viscometer (TVE-20L type manufactured by Toki Sangyo) (measurement temperature: 25°C).

本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有各種添加劑。為了提高配向膜的各種特性,各種添加劑可根據各個目的來選擇使用。以下示出例子。The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may also contain various additives. In order to improve various characteristics of the alignment film, various additives can be selected and used according to each purpose. Examples are shown below.

<烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物> 例如,就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可使用一種,也可並用兩種以上。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的含量優選為1重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~30重量%,進而優選為1重量%~20重量%。烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物優選為可溶解於溶解本發明中所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的溶劑中的化合物。優選的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可列舉日本專利特開2008-096979號公報、日本專利特開2009-109987號公報、日本專利特開2013-242526號公報中所公開的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。作為特優選的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物,可列舉:雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)或N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)。<Alkenyl Substituted Nadicimidin Compounds> For example, for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an alkenyl substituted nadicimidin compound. Alkenyl-substituted nadicimidin compounds may be used singly, or two or more of them may be used in combination. For the purpose, the content of the alkenyl-substituted nadicimide compound is preferably 1% by weight to 50% by weight, and more preferably 1% by weight to 30% by weight, relative to the polyamide acid or its derivatives. More preferably, it is 1 weight%-20 weight%. The alkenyl-substituted nadicimidin compound is preferably a compound that is soluble in a solvent that dissolves the polyamide acid or its derivative used in the present invention. Preferable alkenyl-substituted nadic imine compounds include the alkenyl-substituted sodium compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-096979, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-109987, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-242526. Dick's imine compound. Particularly preferred alkenyl substituted nadicimidin compounds include: bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyimidin)phenyl} Methane, N,N'-m-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyimidine) or N,N'-hexamethylene -Bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyimidine).

<具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物> 例如,就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物可為一種化合物,也可為兩種以上的化合物。再者,在具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物中不包含烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。關於具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物中,作為優選的化合物,可列舉:N,N'-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N'-二羥基伸乙基-雙丙烯醯胺、伸乙基雙丙烯酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(N,N-二羥基伸乙基丙烯酸酯苯胺)、氰脲酸三烯丙酯;以及日本專利特開2009-109987號公報、日本專利特開2013-242526號公報、國際公報2014/119682、國際公報2015/152014中所公開的具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物的含量優選為1重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~30重量%。<Compounds with radically polymerizable unsaturated double bonds> For example, for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element over a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond. The compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond may be one compound or two or more compounds. In addition, the compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond does not include an alkenyl substituted nadicimidin compound. Among the compounds having radically polymerizable unsaturated double bonds, preferred compounds include N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide and N,N'-dihydroxyethylene-bisacrylamide , Ethylene diacrylate, 4,4'-methylene bis (N,N-dihydroxy ethylene acrylate aniline), triallyl cyanurate; and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-109987 , Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-242526, International Publication 2014/119682, International Publication 2015/152014, disclosed compounds having radically polymerizable unsaturated double bonds. For the purpose, the content of the compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond is preferably 1% by weight to 50% by weight, and more preferably 1% by weight to 30% by weight, relative to polyamide acid or its derivatives. %.

<噁嗪化合物> 例如,就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有噁嗪化合物。噁嗪化合物可為一種化合物,也可為兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁嗪化合物的含量優選為0.1重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~40重量%,進而優選為1重量%~20重量%。<Oxazine compound> For example, for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element over a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazine compound. The oxazine compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose, the content of the oxazine compound is preferably 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 40% by weight, and still more preferably 1% by weight relative to polyamide acid or its derivatives. ~20% by weight.

噁嗪化合物優選為可溶於使聚醯胺酸或其衍生物溶解的溶劑中且具有開環聚合性的噁嗪化合物。關於優選的噁嗪化合物,可列舉式(OX-3-1)、式(OX-3-9)、式(OX-3-10)所表示的噁嗪化合物;以及日本專利特開2007-286597號公報、日本專利特開2013-242526號公報中所公開的噁嗪化合物。

Figure 02_image233
The oxazine compound is preferably an oxazine compound that is soluble in a solvent in which polyamide acid or a derivative thereof is dissolved and has ring-opening polymerizability. As for preferred oxazine compounds, oxazine compounds represented by formula (OX-3-1), formula (OX-3-9), and formula (OX-3-10) can be cited; and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-286597 An oxazine compound disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-242526 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-242526.
Figure 02_image233

<噁唑啉化合物> 例如,就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有噁唑啉化合物。噁唑啉化合物為具有噁唑啉結構的化合物。噁唑啉化合物可為一種化合物,也可為兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁唑啉化合物的含量優選為0.1重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~40重量%,進而優選為1重量%~20重量%。優選的噁唑啉化合物可列舉日本專利特開2010-054872號公報、日本專利特開2013-242526號公報中所公開的噁唑啉化合物。更優選為可列舉1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯。<Oxazoline compound> For example, for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element over a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazoline compound. The oxazoline compound is a compound having an oxazoline structure. The oxazoline compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 40% by weight, and still more preferably 1% by weight relative to polyamide acid or its derivatives. %~20% by weight. Preferred oxazoline compounds include oxazoline compounds disclosed in JP 2010-054872 A and JP 2013-242526 A. More preferably, 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene can be mentioned.

<環氧化合物> 例如,就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的、提高膜的硬度的目的或提高與密封劑的密合性的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有環氧化合物。環氧化合物可為一種化合物,也可為兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,環氧化合物的含量優選為0.1重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~20重量%,進而優選為1重量%~10重量%。<Epoxy compound> For example, for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element over a long period of time, the purpose of improving the hardness of the film, or the purpose of improving the adhesion to a sealing compound, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an epoxy compound. The epoxy compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 20% by weight, and still more preferably 1% by weight relative to polyamide acid or its derivatives. ~10% by weight.

作為環氧化合物,可使用在分子內具有一個或兩個以上的環氧環的各種化合物。 為了實現提高膜的硬度的目的或提高與密封劑的密合性的目的,優選為在分子內具有兩個以上的環氧環的化合物,更優選為具有三個或四個環氧環的化合物。As the epoxy compound, various compounds having one or two or more epoxy rings in the molecule can be used. In order to achieve the purpose of increasing the hardness of the film or the purpose of improving the adhesion to the sealant, a compound having two or more epoxy rings in the molecule is preferable, and a compound having three or four epoxy rings is more preferable .

作為環氧化合物,可列舉日本專利特開2009-175715號公報、日本專利特開2013-242526號公報、日本專利特開2016-170409號公報、國際公報2017/217413中所公開的環氧化合物。作為優選的環氧化合物,可列舉:N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、(3,3',4,4'-二環氧基)雙環己基、1,4-丁二醇縮水甘油醚、異氰脲酸三(2,3-環氧丙基)酯、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷或N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二胺。 除此以外,也可添加具有環氧環的寡聚物或聚合體。具有環氧環的寡聚物或聚合體可使用日本專利特開2013-242526號公報中所公開的寡聚物或聚合體。As the epoxy compound, the epoxy compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-175715, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-242526, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-170409, and International Publication No. 2017/217413 can be cited. As a preferred epoxy compound, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane , 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxysilane, (3,3',4,4' -Diepoxy) dicyclohexyl, 1,4-butanediol glycidyl ether, tris(2,3-epoxypropyl) isocyanurate, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidyl) (Aminomethyl) cyclohexane or N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylene diamine. In addition to this, an oligomer or polymer having an epoxy ring may be added. As the oligomer or polymer having an epoxy ring, the oligomer or polymer disclosed in JP 2013-242526 A can be used.

<矽烷化合物> 例如,就提高與基板及密封劑的密合性的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑也可還含有矽烷化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,矽烷化合物的含量優選為0.1重量%~30重量%,更優選為0.5重量%~20重量%,進而優選為0.5重量%~10重量%。<Silane compound> For example, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate and the sealant, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a silane compound. For the purpose, the content of the silane compound is preferably 0.1% by weight to 30% by weight, more preferably 0.5% by weight to 20% by weight, and still more preferably 0.5% by weight to polyamide acid or its derivatives. 10% by weight.

作為矽烷偶合劑,可使用日本專利特開2013-242526、日本專利特開2015-212807號公報、日本專利特開2018-173545號公報、國際公報2018/181566中所公開的矽烷偶合劑。 作為優選的矽烷偶合劑,可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷或3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。As the silane coupling agent, the silane coupling agent disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-242526, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-212807, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-173545, and International Publication No. 2018/181566 can be used. Examples of preferred silane coupling agents include: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl Trimethoxysilane, p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl diethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyl Triethoxysilane or 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane.

除所述所記載的添加劑以外,就提高配向膜的強度的目的或使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,也可添加具有環碳酸酯基的化合物、具有羥基烷基醯胺部位或羥基的化合物。作為具體的化合物,可列舉日本專利特開2016-118753號公報、國際公報2017/110976中所公開的化合物。作為優選的化合物,可列舉以下的式(HD-1)~式(HD-4)。相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,這些化合物優選為0.5重量%~50重量%,更優選為1重量%~30重量%,進而優選為1重量%~10重量%。

Figure 02_image235
In addition to the additives described above, for the purpose of increasing the strength of the alignment film or for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display element for a long time, a compound having a cyclic carbonate group or a hydroxyalkylamide moiety can also be added. Or hydroxyl compounds. As a specific compound, the compound disclosed in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2016-118753 and International Gazette 2017/110976 can be mentioned. As a preferable compound, the following formula (HD-1)-formula (HD-4) are mentioned. These compounds are preferably 0.5% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight to 30% by weight, and still more preferably 1% by weight to 10% by weight, relative to polyamide acid or its derivatives.
Figure 02_image235

另外,在需要提高抗靜電時,也可使用抗靜電劑,當在低溫下進行醯亞胺化時,也可使用醯亞胺化催化劑。作為醯亞胺化催化劑,可列舉日本專利特開2013-242526號公報中所公開的醯亞胺化催化劑。In addition, when it is necessary to improve antistatic properties, an antistatic agent can also be used, and when the imidization is carried out at a low temperature, an imidization catalyst can also be used. As the imidization catalyst, the imidization catalyst disclosed in JP 2013-242526 A can be cited.

<液晶配向膜> 其次,對本發明的液晶配向膜進行說明。 本發明的液晶配向膜是使用本發明的液晶配向劑而形成的。當在使用本發明的液晶配向劑來形成液晶配向膜的過程中進行加熱煆燒時,可引起醯亞胺化反應而形成聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶配向劑適合於光配向用的液晶配向劑,在形成液晶配向膜的過程中的配向處理中,可應用光配向法。<Liquid crystal alignment film> Next, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used to form a liquid crystal alignment film, heating and sintering can cause an imidization reaction to form a polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is suitable for the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment, and the optical alignment method can be applied in the alignment treatment in the process of forming the liquid crystal alignment film.

以下,對利用本發明的光配向用液晶配向劑的液晶配向膜的形成方法進行說明。Hereinafter, a method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film using the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment of the present invention will be described.

本發明的液晶配向膜可通過由光配向用液晶配向劑製作液晶配向膜的通常的方法而獲得。例如,本發明的液晶配向膜可通過經過如下步驟而獲得:形成本發明的光配向用液晶配向劑的塗膜的步驟、對塗膜進行加熱乾燥來形成液晶配向劑的膜的步驟、對液晶配向劑的膜照射光而賦予各向異性的步驟及對賦予了各向異性的液晶配向劑的膜進行加熱煆燒的步驟。針對本發明的液晶配向膜,優選為在塗膜步驟、加熱乾燥步驟後,照射光來賦予各向異性,其後經過加熱煆燒步驟。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by a usual method of producing a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment. For example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by going through the following steps: the step of forming a coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment of the present invention, the step of heating and drying the coating film to form a film of the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the step of forming a film of the liquid crystal alignment agent. The step of irradiating the film of the alignment agent with light to impart anisotropy and the step of heating and baking the film of the anisotropic liquid crystal alignment agent. Regarding the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, it is preferable to irradiate light to impart anisotropy after the coating step and the heating and drying step, and then undergo a heating and sintering step.

塗膜可與通常的液晶配向膜的製作同樣地,通過將本發明的液晶配向劑塗布於液晶顯示元件中的基板上來形成。基板可列舉可設置有氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、氧化銦鋅(In2 O3 -ZnO,IZO)、氧化銦鎵鋅(In-Ga-ZnO4 ,IGZO)電極等電極或彩色濾光片等的玻璃製、氮化矽製、丙烯酸製、聚碳酸酯製、聚醯亞胺製等的基板。The coating film can be formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention on a substrate in a liquid crystal display element in the same manner as the production of a general liquid crystal alignment film. The substrate may be provided with electrodes such as indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (In 2 O 3 -ZnO, IZO), indium gallium zinc oxide (In-Ga-ZnO 4 , IGZO) electrodes, or colored Substrates made of glass, silicon nitride, acrylic, polycarbonate, polyimide, etc., such as filters.

作為將液晶配向劑塗布於基板上的方法,通常己知有旋轉器法、印刷法、浸漬法、滴加法、噴墨法等。這些方法也可同樣地應用於本發明中。As a method of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent on a substrate, a spinner method, a printing method, a dipping method, a dropping method, an inkjet method, etc. are generally known. These methods can be similarly applied to the present invention.

加熱乾燥步驟通常己知有在烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、在加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。加熱乾燥步驟優選為在溶劑可蒸發的範圍內的溫度下實施,更優選為在相對於加熱煆燒步驟中的溫度為比較低的溫度下實施。具體而言,加熱乾燥溫度優選為30℃~150℃的範圍,進而優選為50℃~120℃的範圍。In the heating and drying step, a method of heating in an oven or an infrared oven, a method of heating on a hot plate, and the like are generally known. The heating and drying step is preferably carried out at a temperature within the range in which the solvent can evaporate, and more preferably carried out at a relatively low temperature relative to the temperature in the heating and sintering step. Specifically, the heating and drying temperature is preferably in the range of 30°C to 150°C, and more preferably in the range of 50°C to 120°C.

加熱煆燒步驟可在聚醯胺酸或其衍生物呈現醯亞胺化反應所需的條件下進行。塗膜的煆燒通常已知有在烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、在加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。這些方法也可同樣地應用於本發明中。通常優選為在90℃~300℃左右的溫度下進行1分鐘~3小時,更優選為120℃~280℃,進而優選為150℃~250℃。The heating and sintering step can be carried out under the conditions required for the polyamide acid or its derivative to exhibit an imidization reaction. For the baking of the coating film, a method of heat treatment in an oven or an infrared furnace, a method of heat treatment on a hot plate, and the like are generally known. These methods can be similarly applied to the present invention. Usually, it is preferably performed at a temperature of about 90°C to 300°C for 1 minute to 3 hours, more preferably 120°C to 280°C, and still more preferably 150°C to 250°C.

在重視提高膜的各向異性或製作液晶顯示元件時的殘像特性的情況下,優選為緩慢地進行加熱步驟的升溫,例如,可一邊階段性地提高溫度,一邊在不同的溫度下進行多次加熱煆燒,或者使溫度自低溫變化為高溫來進行加熱。另外,也可組合兩種加熱方法來進行。When emphasis is placed on improving the anisotropy of the film or the residual image characteristics during the production of the liquid crystal display element, it is preferable to slowly increase the temperature of the heating step. For example, the temperature can be increased stepwise while performing more at different temperatures. The secondary heating is simmered, or the temperature is changed from a low temperature to a high temperature for heating. In addition, it is also possible to combine two heating methods.

當在不同的溫度下進行多次加熱煆燒時,可使用設定為不同的溫度的多個加熱裝置,也可使用一台加熱裝置,依次變化為不同的溫度來進行。When heating and sintering are performed multiple times at different temperatures, multiple heating devices set to different temperatures can be used, or one heating device can be used to sequentially change to different temperatures.

當在不同的溫度下進行多次加熱煆燒時,優選為在初次的煆燒溫度為90℃~180℃下進行,優選為在最後的溫度為185℃~300℃下進行。例如,優選為在110℃下加熱煆燒後,在220℃下加熱煆燒;在110℃下加熱煆燒後,在230℃下加熱煆燒;在130℃下加熱煆燒後,在220℃下加熱煆燒;在150℃下加熱煆燒後,在200℃下加熱煆燒;在150℃下加熱煆燒後,在220℃下加熱煆燒;在150℃下加熱煆燒後,在230℃下加熱煆燒;或者在170℃下加熱煆燒後,在200℃下加熱煆燒。進而,也優選為一邊增加階段並緩慢地升溫,一邊進行加熱煆燒。在改變加熱溫度而以兩階段以上進行加熱煆燒的情況下,各加熱步驟中的加熱時間優選為5分鐘~30分鐘。When heating and sintering are performed multiple times at different temperatures, it is preferably performed at the initial sintering temperature of 90°C to 180°C, and preferably at the final temperature of 185°C to 300°C. For example, it is preferable to heat and burn at 110°C and then heat and burn at 220°C; heat and burn at 110°C and then heat and burn at 230°C; heat and burn at 130°C and then burn at 220°C After heating and simmering at 150℃, heating and simmering at 200℃; after heating and sintering at 150℃, heating and simmering at 220℃; heating and simmering at 150℃, after heating and simmering at 230 Heating and simmering at ℃; or heating and simmering at 170℃, then heating and simmering at 200℃. Furthermore, it is also preferable to perform heating and sintering while increasing the stage and gradually raising the temperature. When heating and sintering are performed in two or more stages by changing the heating temperature, the heating time in each heating step is preferably 5 minutes to 30 minutes.

在使溫度自低溫度變化為高溫來進行煆燒的情況下,初始溫度優選為90℃~180℃。最終溫度優選為185℃~300℃,更優選為190℃~230℃。加熱時間優選為5分鐘~60分鐘,更優選為20分鐘~60分鐘。升溫速度例如可設為0.5℃/min~40℃/min。升溫中的升溫速度也可不固定。When sintering is performed by changing the temperature from a low temperature to a high temperature, the initial temperature is preferably 90°C to 180°C. The final temperature is preferably 185°C to 300°C, more preferably 190°C to 230°C. The heating time is preferably 5 minutes to 60 minutes, more preferably 20 minutes to 60 minutes. The temperature increase rate can be set to 0.5°C/min to 40°C/min, for example. The rate of temperature increase in the temperature increase may not be fixed.

本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法中,為了使液晶相對於水平方向和/或垂直方向在一方向上進行配向,可適宜地使用公知的光配向法作為對薄膜賦予各向異性的方法。In the method for forming the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, in order to align the liquid crystal in one direction with respect to the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction, a known photo-alignment method can be suitably used as a method of imparting anisotropy to the film.

對利用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法進行詳細說明。使用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜可通過以下方式而形成:通過向對塗膜進行加熱乾燥後的薄膜照射光的直線偏光或無偏光,而對薄膜賦予各向異性,並對所述膜進行加熱煆燒。或者,可通過對塗膜進行加熱乾燥,並進行加熱煆燒,然後對薄膜照射光的直線偏光或無偏光而形成。就液晶配向性的方面而言,光的照射步驟優選為在加熱煆燒步驟前進行。The method for forming the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using the photo-alignment method will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using the photo-alignment method can be formed by irradiating a film after heating and drying the coating film with linearly polarized or unpolarized light to impart anisotropy to the film, and to The film is heated and simmered. Alternatively, it can be formed by heating and drying the coating film, heating and sintering, and then irradiating the film with linearly polarized or unpolarized light. In terms of liquid crystal orientation, the light irradiation step is preferably performed before the heating and burning step.

進而,為了提高液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,也可一面對塗膜進行加熱一面照射光的直線偏光或無偏光。光的照射可在對塗膜進行加熱乾燥的步驟或進行加熱煆燒的步驟中進行,也可在加熱乾燥步驟與加熱煆燒步驟之間進行。在對塗膜進行加熱乾燥的步驟或進行加熱煆燒步驟中照射光時的加熱溫度可參考所述加熱乾燥步驟或加熱煆燒步驟的記載。在加熱乾燥步驟與加熱煆燒步驟之間照射光時的加熱溫度優選為30℃~150℃的範圍,進而優選為50℃~110℃的範圍。Furthermore, in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film, it is also possible to irradiate the coating film with linearly polarized or unpolarized light while heating the coating film. The light irradiation may be performed in the step of heating and drying the coating film or the step of heating and burning, or may be performed between the heating and drying step and the heating and burning step. For the heating temperature when irradiating light in the step of heating and drying the coating film or the step of heating and baking, refer to the description of the step of heating and drying or the step of heating and baking. The heating temperature when irradiating light between the heating and drying step and the heating and sintering step is preferably in the range of 30°C to 150°C, and more preferably in the range of 50°C to 110°C.

作為光,例如可使用包含150 nm~800 nm的波長的光的紫外線或可見光,優選為包含300 nm~400 nm的光的紫外線。另外,可使用直線偏光或無偏光。這些光只要為可對所述薄膜賦予液晶配向能力的光,則並無特別限定,在欲對液晶顯現強的配向限制力的情況下,優選為直線偏光。As the light, for example, ultraviolet rays or visible light including light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm can be used, and ultraviolet rays including light of 300 nm to 400 nm are preferable. In addition, linearly polarized light or unpolarized light can be used. These lights are not particularly limited as long as they can provide the liquid crystal alignment ability to the film. In the case where a strong alignment restriction force is desired to be expressed on the liquid crystal, linearly polarized lights are preferred.

所述光照射步驟中的直線偏光的照射量優選為0.05 J/cm2 ~10 J/cm2 ,更優選為0.1 J/cm2 ~5 J/cm2 。另外,直線偏光的波長優選為200 nm~400 nm,更優選為300 nm~400 nm。直線偏光對膜表面的照射角度並無特別限定,在欲顯現對於液晶的強配向限制力的情況下,就配向處理時間縮短的觀點而言,優選為相對於膜表面儘量垂直。另外,本發明的液晶配向膜通過照射直線偏光,可在相對於直線偏光的偏光方向而呈直角的方向上使液晶配向。The irradiation amount of linearly polarized light in the light irradiation step is preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 , and more preferably 0.1 J/cm 2 to 5 J/cm 2 . In addition, the wavelength of linearly polarized light is preferably 200 nm to 400 nm, and more preferably 300 nm to 400 nm. The irradiation angle of the linear polarized light on the film surface is not particularly limited. In the case where a strong alignment restriction force for the liquid crystal is desired to be exhibited, from the viewpoint of shortening the alignment treatment time, it is preferably as perpendicular to the film surface as possible. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can align the liquid crystal in a direction at a right angle to the polarization direction of the linear polarization by irradiating linearly polarized light.

在照射光的直線偏光或無偏光的步驟中所使用的光源中,可無限制地使用超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、深紫外線(Deep UV)燈、鹵素燈、金屬鹵化物燈、大功率金屬鹵化物燈、氙燈、水銀氙燈、準分子燈、KrF準分子雷射、螢光燈、發光二極管(light emitting diode,LED)燈、鈉燈、微波激發無極燈(microwave discharged electrodeless lamp)等。Among the light sources used in the step of irradiating light with linear polarization or non-polarization, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, deep ultraviolet (Deep UV) lamps, halogen lamps, metal halide lamps, and large lamps can be used without limitation. Power metal halide lamp, xenon lamp, mercury xenon lamp, excimer lamp, KrF excimer laser, fluorescent lamp, light emitting diode (LED) lamp, sodium lamp, microwave discharged electrodeless lamp, etc.

本發明的液晶配向膜可通過還包括所述步驟以外的其他步驟的方法而適宜地獲得。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be suitably obtained by a method that further includes other steps than the steps described above.

本發明的液晶配向膜雖然不將利用清洗液對煆燒或光照射後的膜進行清洗的步驟設為必需,但可根據其他步驟的情況而設置清洗步驟。作為利用清洗液的清洗方法,可列舉:刷洗(brushing)、噴霧(jet spray)、蒸氣清洗或超聲波清洗等。這些方法可單獨進行,也可並用。作為清洗液,可使用:純水;或甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等各種醇類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;二氯甲烷等鹵素系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮類,但並不限定於這些。當然,這些清洗液可使用經充分純化的雜質少的清洗液。此種清洗方法也可應用於本發明的液晶配向膜的形成中的所述清洗步驟中。Although the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention does not require the step of cleaning the burned or light-irradiated film with a cleaning solution, a cleaning step may be provided according to the conditions of other steps. Examples of the cleaning method using the cleaning liquid include brushing, jet spray, steam cleaning, ultrasonic cleaning, and the like. These methods can be performed individually or in combination. As the cleaning liquid, you can use: pure water; or various alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene; halogen-based solvents such as dichloromethane; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone Such as ketones, but it is not limited to these. Of course, these cleaning solutions can be sufficiently purified cleaning solutions with few impurities. This cleaning method can also be applied to the cleaning step in the formation of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.

為了提高本發明的液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,可在加熱煆燒步驟的前後或者偏光或無偏光的光照射的前後使用利用熱或光的退火處理。所述退火處理中,退火溫度為30℃~180℃,優選為50℃~150℃,時間優選為1分鐘~2小時。另外,退火處理中所使用的退火光可列舉UV燈、螢光燈、LED燈等。光的照射量優選為0.3 J/cm2 ~10 J/cm2In order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, an annealing treatment using heat or light may be used before and after the heating and burning step or before and after the irradiation of polarized or unpolarized light. In the annealing treatment, the annealing temperature is 30°C to 180°C, preferably 50°C to 150°C, and the time is preferably 1 minute to 2 hours. In addition, the annealing light used in the annealing treatment includes UV lamps, fluorescent lamps, LED lamps, and the like. The irradiation amount of light is preferably 0.3 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 .

本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚並無特別限定,但優選為10 nm~300 nm,更優選為30 nm~150 nm。本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚可通過輪廓儀或橢偏儀(ellipsometer)等公知的膜厚測定裝置來測定。The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, and more preferably 30 nm to 150 nm. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be measured by a known film thickness measuring device such as a profiler or an ellipsometer.

本發明的液晶配向膜的特徵在於具有特別大的配向的各向異性。此種各向異性的大小可通過日本專利特開2005-275364等中記載的使用偏光IR的方法來評價。另外,也可通過使用橢偏測量術(ellipsometry)的方法來評價。詳細而言,可通過分光橢偏儀來測定液晶配向膜的延遲值。膜的延遲值與聚合物主鏈的配向度成比例地增大。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is characterized by having particularly large alignment anisotropy. The magnitude of such anisotropy can be evaluated by the method using polarized IR described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-275364 and the like. In addition, it can also be evaluated by using an ellipsometry method. In detail, the retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment film can be measured by a spectroscopic ellipsometer. The retardation value of the film increases in proportion to the degree of alignment of the polymer main chain.

本發明的液晶配向膜可用於智能手機、輸入板、車載監視器、電視等液晶顯示器用的液晶組成物的配向控制。除液晶顯示器用的液晶組成物的配向用途以外,還可用於光學補償材料或使用液晶的微波/毫米波帶的寬頻可變移相器等的其他所有液晶材料的配向控制。另外,本發明的液晶配向膜具有大的各向異性,因此可單獨用於光學補償材料用途。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be used for alignment control of liquid crystal compositions for liquid crystal displays such as smart phones, input boards, car monitors, televisions, and the like. In addition to the alignment use of liquid crystal compositions for liquid crystal displays, it can also be used for alignment control of all other liquid crystal materials, such as optical compensation materials or broadband variable phase shifters in the microwave/millimeter wave band using liquid crystals. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention has a large anisotropy, so it can be used alone as an optical compensation material.

<液晶顯示元件> 其次,對本發明的液晶顯示元件進行說明。 本發明的液晶顯示元件的特徵在於具有本發明的液晶配向膜,因其殘像特性及對比度的良好而可實現高顯示品質。<Liquid crystal display element> Next, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is characterized by having the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, and can achieve high display quality due to its good after-image characteristics and contrast.

對本發明的液晶顯示元件進行詳細說明。本發明中,在如下液晶顯示元件中,所述液晶配向膜包含本發明的液晶配向膜,所述液晶顯示元件包括相向配置的一對基板、形成於所述一對基板各自的相向面的其中一者或兩者上的電極、形成於所述一對基板各自的相向面上的液晶配向膜、形成於所述一對基板間的液晶層、以夾持所述相向基板的方式設置的一對偏光膜、背光及驅動裝置。The liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present invention, in the following liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film includes the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, and the liquid crystal display element includes a pair of substrates arranged facing each other, and formed in each of the facing surfaces of the pair of substrates One or both of the electrodes, the liquid crystal alignment film formed on the opposing surfaces of the pair of substrates, the liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates, one disposed in such a way as to sandwich the opposing substrates For polarizing film, backlight and driving device.

電極只要為形成於基板的一面上的電極,則並無特別限定。此種電極例如可列舉ITO或金屬的蒸鍍膜等。另外,電極可形成於基板的其中一面的整個面上,也可呈例如經圖案化的所期望的形狀形成。電極的所述所期望的形狀例如可列舉梳型或鋸齒結構等。電極可形成於一對基板中的其中一基板上,也可形成於兩基板上。電極的形成形態根據液晶顯示元件的種類而不同,例如在IPS型液晶顯示元件(橫向電場型液晶顯示元件)的情況下,將電極配置於所述一對基板的其中一者上,在其他液晶顯示元件的情況下,將電極配置於所述一對基板兩者上。在所述基板或電極上形成所述液晶配向膜。The electrode is not particularly limited as long as it is an electrode formed on one surface of the substrate. Examples of such electrodes include ITO or metal vapor-deposited films. In addition, the electrode may be formed on the entire surface of one surface of the substrate, or may be formed in a desired shape that is patterned, for example. The desired shape of the electrode includes, for example, a comb shape or a zigzag structure. The electrode may be formed on one of a pair of substrates, or may be formed on two substrates. The form of electrode formation differs according to the type of liquid crystal display element. For example, in the case of an IPS type liquid crystal display element (lateral electric field type liquid crystal display element), the electrode is arranged on one of the pair of substrates, and the other liquid crystal display element In the case of a display element, electrodes are arranged on both of the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed on the substrate or the electrode.

在平行配向的液晶顯示元件(例如,IPS、FFS等)的情況下,作為結構,自背光側起至少具有背光、第一偏光膜、第一基板、第一液晶配向膜、液晶層、第二基板、第二偏光膜,所述偏光膜的偏光軸是以第一偏光膜的偏光軸(偏光吸收的方向)與第二偏光膜的偏光軸交差(優選為正交)的方式設置。此時,可以第一偏光膜的偏光軸與液晶配向方向平行或正交的方式設置。將以第一偏光膜的偏光軸與液晶配向方向平行的方式設置的液晶顯示元件稱為O-模式,將以正交的方式設置的液晶顯示元件稱為E-模式。本發明的液晶配向膜也可應用於O-模式、E-模式的任一者中,可根據目的而選擇。In the case of a parallel-aligned liquid crystal display element (for example, IPS, FFS, etc.), as a structure, it has at least a backlight, a first polarizing film, a first substrate, a first liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal layer, and a second The substrate and the second polarizing film, the polarizing axis of the polarizing film is set in such a way that the polarizing axis (direction of polarized light absorption) of the first polarizing film and the polarizing axis of the second polarizing film cross (preferably orthogonal). At this time, the polarization axis of the first polarizing film may be arranged in a manner parallel or orthogonal to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal. The liquid crystal display element arranged in such a manner that the polarization axis of the first polarizing film is parallel to the liquid crystal alignment direction is referred to as O-mode, and the liquid crystal display element arranged in an orthogonal manner is referred to as E-mode. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can also be applied to any of O-mode and E-mode, and can be selected according to the purpose.

在大量的光異構化型材料中可使用具有二色性的化合物。因此,當使為了對液晶配向劑附加各向異性而照射的偏光的偏光軸與源自配置於背光側的偏光膜的偏光的偏光軸平行且一致(在使用本發明的液晶配向劑的情況下,設為O-模式的配置)時,液晶配向膜的光吸收波長區域的透過率上升。因此,可進一步改善液晶顯示元件的透過率。Compounds with dichroism can be used in a large number of photoisomerization-type materials. Therefore, when the polarization axis of the polarized light irradiated to add anisotropy to the liquid crystal alignment agent is parallel and consistent with the polarization axis of the polarized light originating from the polarizing film arranged on the backlight side (in the case of using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention) , Set to O-mode configuration), the transmittance of the light absorption wavelength region of the liquid crystal alignment film increases. Therefore, the transmittance of the liquid crystal display element can be further improved.

所述液晶層是以利用形成有液晶配向膜的面相向的所述一對基板來夾持液晶組成物的形式形成。在液晶層的形成中,可視需要而使用微粒子或樹脂片等介隔存在於所述一對基板之間並形成適當的間隔的間隔物。The liquid crystal layer is formed in a form in which a liquid crystal composition is sandwiched by the pair of substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed facing each other. In the formation of the liquid crystal layer, if necessary, spacers which are interposed between the pair of substrates such as fine particles or resin sheets to form an appropriate interval may be used.

作為液晶層的形成方法,已知有真空注入法與液晶滴注(One Drop Fill,ODF)法。As a method of forming the liquid crystal layer, a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal drop fill (One Drop Fill, ODF) method are known.

真空注入法中,以液晶配向膜面相向的方式設置空隙(單元間隙),且留下液晶的注入口而印刷密封劑並黏合基板。在由基板表面及密封劑劃分的單元間隙內利用真空差壓來注入填充液晶,然後封閉注入口,從而製造液晶顯示元件。In the vacuum injection method, a gap (cell gap) is provided so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces face each other, and the injection port of the liquid crystal is left, the sealant is printed and the substrate is bonded. A vacuum differential pressure is used to inject and fill liquid crystal into the cell gap partitioned by the substrate surface and the sealant, and then the injection port is closed, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.

ODF法中,在一對基板中的其中一者的液晶配向膜面的外周印刷密封劑並在密封劑的內側的區域滴加液晶,然後以液晶配向膜面相向的方式黏合另一基板。然後,將液晶按壓擴展於基板的整個面上,繼而,對基板的整個面照射紫外光而使密封劑硬化,從而製造液晶顯示元件。In the ODF method, a sealant is printed on the outer periphery of the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of a pair of substrates, and liquid crystal is dropped on the area inside the sealant, and then the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces face each other. Then, the liquid crystal is pressed and spread on the entire surface of the substrate, and then ultraviolet light is irradiated to the entire surface of the substrate to harden the sealant, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal display element.

關於基板的黏合中所使用的密封劑,除UV硬化型以外,還已知有熱硬化型。密封劑的印刷例如可通過網版印刷法來進行。Regarding the sealant used for the bonding of the substrates, in addition to the UV curing type, a thermosetting type is also known. The printing of the sealant can be performed by, for example, a screen printing method.

液晶組成物並無特別限制,可使用介電各向異性為正或負的各種液晶組成物。介電各向異性為正的優選的液晶組成物可列舉:日本專利3086228、日本專利2635435、日本專利特表平5-501735、日本專利特開平8-157826、日本專利特開平8-231960、日本專利特開平9-241644(EP885272A1)、日本專利特開平9-302346(EP806466A1)、日本專利特開平8-199168(EP722998A1)、日本專利特開平9-235552、日本專利特開平9-255956、日本專利特開平9-241643(EP885271A1)、日本專利特開平10-204016(EP844229A1)、日本專利特開平10-204436、日本專利特開平10-231482、日本專利特開2000-087040、日本專利特開2001-48822等中所公開的液晶組成物。The liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and various liquid crystal compositions having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy can be used. Preferred liquid crystal compositions with positive dielectric anisotropy include: Japanese Patent No. 3086228, Japanese Patent No. 2635435, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-501735, Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-157826, Japanese Patent Application No. 8-231960, and Japan Patent Publication No. 9-241644 (EP885272A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-302346 (EP806466A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-199168 (EP722998A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-235552, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-255956, Japanese Patent Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-241643 (EP885271A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-204016 (EP844229A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-204436, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-231482, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-087040, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001- The liquid crystal composition disclosed in 48822 and the like.

作為所述具有負的介電各向異性的液晶組成物的優選例,可列舉:日本專利特開昭57-114532、日本專利特開平2-4725、日本專利特開平4-224885、日本專利特開平8-40953、日本專利特開平8-104869、日本專利特開平10-168076、日本專利特開平10-168453、日本專利特開平10-236989、日本專利特開平10-236990、日本專利特開平10-236992、日本專利特開平10-236993、日本專利特開平10-236994、日本專利特開平10-237000、日本專利特開平10-237004、日本專利特開平10-237024、日本專利特開平10-237035、日本專利特開平10-237075、日本專利特開平10-237076、日本專利特開平10-237448(EP967261A1)、日本專利特開平10-287874、日本專利特開平10-287875、日本專利特開平10-291945、日本專利特開平11-029581、日本專利特開平11-080049、日本專利特開2000-256307、日本專利特開2001-019965、日本專利特開2001-072626、日本專利特開2001-192657、日本專利特開2010-037428、國際公開2011/024666、國際公開2010/072370、日本專利特表2010-537010、日本專利特開2012-077201、日本專利特開2009-084362等中所公開的液晶組成物。Preferable examples of the liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy include: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-114532, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-4725, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-224885, and Japanese Patent No. Kaihei 8-40953, Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-104869, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-168076, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-168453, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-236989, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-236990, Japanese Patent Publication No. -236992, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-236993, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-236994, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237000, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237004, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237024, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237035 , Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237075, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237076, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-237448 (EP967261A1), Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-287874, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-287875, Japanese Patent Publication No. 10- 291945, Japanese Patent Publication No. 11-029581, Japanese Patent Publication No. 11-080049, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-256307, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-019965, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-072626, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-192657, The liquid crystal composition disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-037428, International Publication No. 2011/024666, International Publication No. 2010/072370, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-537010, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-077201, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-084362, etc. Things.

即便在介電各向異性為正或負的液晶組成物中添加一種以上的光學活性化合物來使用,也無任何影響。Even if one or more optically active compounds are added to a liquid crystal composition with positive or negative dielectric anisotropy and used, there is no effect at all.

另外,例如,就提高配向性的觀點而言,例如本發明的液晶顯示元件中所使用的液晶組成物也可進而添加添加物。此種添加物為光聚合性單體、光學活性化合物、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、色素、消泡劑、聚合起始劑、聚合抑制劑等。優選的光聚合性單體、光學活性化合物、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、色素、消泡劑、聚合起始劑、聚合抑制劑可列舉國際公開2015/146330中所公開的化合物。In addition, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the orientation, for example, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention may further add an additive. Such additives include photopolymerizable monomers, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, pigments, defoamers, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, and the like. Preferred photopolymerizable monomers, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, pigments, defoamers, polymerization initiators, and polymerization inhibitors include the compounds disclosed in International Publication 2015/146330.

為了適合於聚合物穩定配向(polymer sustained alignment,PSA)模式的液晶顯示元件,可在液晶組成物中混合可聚合的化合物。可聚合的化合物的優選例為丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、乙烯基化合物、乙烯氧基化合物、丙烯基醚、環氧化合物(氧雜環丙烷、氧雜環丁烷)、乙烯基酮等具有可聚合的基的化合物。優選的化合物可列舉國際公開2015/146330等中所公開的化合物。 [實施例]In order to be suitable for a polymer sustained alignment (PSA) mode liquid crystal display element, a polymerizable compound may be mixed in the liquid crystal composition. Preferable examples of polymerizable compounds are acrylates, methacrylates, vinyl compounds, vinyloxy compounds, propenyl ethers, epoxy compounds (oxetane, oxetane), vinyl ketones, etc. Polymerizable base compound. Preferred compounds include those disclosed in International Publication 2015/146330 and the like. [Example]

以下,通過實施例來對本發明進行說明。再者,實施例中所使用的評價法及化合物如下所述。Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained through examples. In addition, the evaluation methods and compounds used in the examples are as follows.

<重量平均分子量(Mw)> 聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量是通過以下方式來求出:使用2695分離模塊·2414示差折射儀(沃特世(Waters)製造)並利用GPC法來測定,並進行聚苯乙烯換算。利用磷酸-二甲基甲醯胺(Dimethylformamide,DMF)混合溶液(磷酸/DMF=0.6/100:重量比),以聚醯胺酸濃度成為約2重量%的方式對所獲得的聚醯胺酸進行稀釋。管柱使用HSPgel RT MB-M(沃特世(Waters)製造),將所述混合溶液作為展開劑,在管柱溫度50℃、流速0.40 mL/min的條件下進行測定。標準聚苯乙烯使用東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造的TSK標準聚苯乙烯。<Weight average molecular weight (Mw)> The weight average molecular weight of polyamic acid is determined by using a 2695 separation module·2414 differential refractometer (manufactured by Waters), measuring it by the GPC method, and converting it into polystyrene. Using a phosphoric acid-dimethylformamide (Dimethylformamide, DMF) mixed solution (phosphoric acid/DMF=0.6/100: weight ratio), the obtained polyamide acid concentration was adjusted to approximately 2% by weight. Dilute. HSPgel RT MB-M (manufactured by Waters) was used for the column, and the mixed solution was used as a developing agent, and the measurement was performed under the conditions of a column temperature of 50° C. and a flow rate of 0.40 mL/min. The standard polystyrene uses TSK standard polystyrene manufactured by Tosoh (stock).

<交流電(Alternating Current,AC)殘像測定/對比度測定> AC殘像是依據國際公開2000/43833號小冊子中記載的方法來測定。 具體而言,測定所製作的液晶單元的亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性),將其設為施加應力前的亮度-電壓特性:B(前(before))。其次,對液晶單元施加20分鐘4.5 V、60 Hz的交流電,然後短路1秒,再次測定亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性)。將其設為施加應力後的亮度-電壓特性:B(後(after))。此處,使用所測定的各亮度-電壓特性的電壓1.3 V下的亮度,並利用下述式來求出亮度變化率ΔB(%)。ΔB(%)的值越小,是指越可抑制AC殘像的產生,即殘像特性越良好。若ΔB為3%以下,則可以說殘像特性良好,但近年來殘像特性的需求進一步提高,優選為更低。 ΔB(%)={[B(後(after))-B(前(before))]/B(前(before))}×100 另外,使用施加應力前的B-V特性中的最小亮度與最大亮度的比來求出對比度(Contrast Ratio,CR)。CR的值越大,是指明暗顯示越鮮明,對比度越良好,為3000以上時,可以說具有優異的對比度。 CR=B(前(before))max /B(前(before))min 式中,B(前(before))max 表示施加應力前的B-V特性中的最大亮度,B(前(before))min 表示施加應力前的B-V特性中的最小亮度。<Alternating Current (AC) residual image measurement/contrast measurement> The AC residual image is measured according to the method described in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 2000/43833. Specifically, the brightness-voltage characteristic (BV characteristic) of the produced liquid crystal cell was measured, and it was set as the brightness-voltage characteristic before stress application: B (before (before)). Next, an alternating current of 4.5 V and 60 Hz was applied to the liquid crystal cell for 20 minutes, followed by a short circuit for 1 second, and the brightness-voltage characteristics (BV characteristics) were measured again. Let this be the brightness-voltage characteristic after stress is applied: B (after). Here, the brightness at a voltage of 1.3 V for each brightness-voltage characteristic measured is used, and the brightness change rate ΔB (%) is obtained by the following equation. The smaller the value of ΔB (%) is, the more the AC residual image can be suppressed, that is, the better the residual image characteristic. If ΔB is 3% or less, it can be said that the after-image characteristics are good, but in recent years, the demand for after-image characteristics has further increased, and it is preferably lower. ΔB(%)={[B(after)-B(before)]/B(before)}×100 In addition, use the minimum brightness and maximum brightness in the BV characteristics before the stress is applied Calculate the contrast ratio (Contrast Ratio, CR). The larger the value of CR, the more vivid the dark display and the better the contrast. When it is 3000 or more, it can be said that it has excellent contrast. CR=B (before) max /B (before) min In the formula, B (before) max represents the maximum brightness in the BV characteristics before stress is applied, and B (before) min Indicates the minimum brightness in the BV characteristics before stress is applied.

<電壓保持率(VHR)可靠性的評價> 液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率(VHR)是依據「水島等,第14次液晶討論會草稿集p78(1988)」中記載的方法,在60℃下對單元施加波高±5 V的矩形波來測定。將此時的VHR設為VHR(前(before))。電壓保持率是表示所施加的電壓在幀周期後保持何種程度的指標,若所述值為100%,則是指所有的電荷得到保持。將所述單元在LED背光中暴露300小時,並再次測定VHR。將此時的VHR設為VHR(後(after))。VHR可靠性是利用使用下述式所算出的VHR降低率來評價。可以說VHR降低率越小,VHR可靠性越高,對於光的穩定性越高。 VHR降低率(%)={[VHR(後(after))-VHR(前(before))]/VHR(前(before))}×100<Evaluation of the reliability of voltage holding ratio (VHR)> The voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal display element is measured by applying a rectangular wave with a wave height of ±5 V to the cell at 60°C according to the method described in "Mizushima et al., 14th Liquid Crystal Symposium Draft Collection p78 (1988)" . Set the VHR at this time to VHR (before). The voltage retention rate is an index indicating how much the applied voltage is maintained after the frame period. If the value is 100%, it means that all electric charges are maintained. The unit was exposed to the LED backlight for 300 hours, and the VHR was measured again. Set the VHR at this time to VHR (after). The VHR reliability is evaluated using the VHR reduction rate calculated using the following formula. It can be said that the smaller the VHR reduction rate, the higher the VHR reliability and the higher the stability to light. VHR reduction rate (%)={[VHR(after)-VHR(before)]/VHR(before)}×100

<延遲(retardation,Re)測定> 使用分光橢偏儀來測定589 nm下的延遲(Re)。可以說Re越大,形成配向膜的聚合物鏈的朝向越一致,膜的各向異性越高。<Delay (retardation, Re) measurement> A spectroscopic ellipsometer was used to determine the retardation (Re) at 589 nm. It can be said that the larger the Re, the more uniform the orientation of the polymer chains forming the alignment film, and the higher the anisotropy of the film.

<四羧酸二酐>

Figure 02_image237
<Tetracarboxylic dianhydride>
Figure 02_image237

<二胺類>

Figure 02_image239
Figure 02_image241
式(1-1-4)、式(1-2-1)、式(1-2-4)、式(DI-5-1)或式(DIH-1-2)中的l、m的值記載於表1或表2中。<Diamines>
Figure 02_image239
Figure 02_image241
Formula (1-1-4), formula (1-2-1), formula (1-2-4), formula (DI-5-1) or formula (DIH-1-2) in l, m The values are described in Table 1 or Table 2.

<溶劑> NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 BC:丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚) <添加劑> Ad.1:1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯<Solvent> NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BC: Butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether) <Additives> Ad.1: 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene

[合成例1]式(1-2-1)、l=4的化合物的合成

Figure 02_image243
使4-硝基苯酚(50.0 g、359 mmol)、1,4-二溴丁烷(310.4 g、1438 mmol)及碳酸鉀(74.5 g、539 mmol)的DMF(500 mL)溶液在60度下反應2小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加乙酸乙酯(1 L),利用水(1 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將庚烷:乙酸乙酯=100:1的混合溶媒用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量45.9 g、產率47%獲得1-(4-溴代-丁氧基)-4-硝基苯。[Synthesis Example 1] Synthesis of a compound of formula (1-2-1) and l=4
Figure 02_image243
Make 4-nitrophenol (50.0 g, 359 mmol), 1,4-dibromobutane (310.4 g, 1438 mmol) and potassium carbonate (74.5 g, 539 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) solution at 60 degrees React for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (1 L) was added, and it was washed with water (1 L) three times, dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude body. For the bold body, a mixed solvent of heptane: ethyl acetate=100:1 was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography. The yield of 1-(4) was obtained with a yield of 45.9 g and a yield of 47%. -Bromo-butoxy)-4-nitrobenzene.

Figure 02_image245
在4-硝基苯胺(29.4 g、213 mmol)的水(130 mL)溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)添加濃鹽酸(53 mL)。繼而,在所述溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)滴加亞硝酸鈉(14.7 g、213 mmol)的水(45 mL)溶液,然後攪拌30分鐘,製備4-硝基苯重氮鹽酸鹽的水溶液。 一邊對所獲得的4-硝基苯重氮鹽酸鹽的水溶液進行攪拌,一邊緩慢地添加於經冰浴冷卻的苯酚(20.0 g、213 mmol)與乙酸鈉(139.5 g、1700 mmol)的乙醇(10 mL)及水(400 mL)的混合溶液中。將反應溶液在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)攪拌2小時,然後進行過濾。將所獲得的固體溶解於乙酸乙酯(2 L)中,利用水(1 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去,以產量40.1 g、產率78%獲得偶氮苯衍生物1。
Figure 02_image245
To a solution of 4-nitroaniline (29.4 g, 213 mmol) in water (130 mL), add concentrated hydrochloric acid (53 mL) under ice cooling (ice bath). Then, in the solution, a solution of sodium nitrite (14.7 g, 213 mmol) in water (45 mL) was added dropwise under ice cooling (ice bath), and then stirred for 30 minutes to prepare 4-nitrobenzene diazonium Aqueous solution of hydrochloride. While stirring the obtained 4-nitrobenzene diazonium hydrochloride aqueous solution, slowly add ethanol to the ice-cooled phenol (20.0 g, 213 mmol) and sodium acetate (139.5 g, 1700 mmol) (10 mL) and water (400 mL) in a mixed solution. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours under cooling in an ice bath (ice bath), and then filtered. The obtained solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 L), washed 3 times with water (1 L), dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The yield was 40.1 g and the yield was 78%. Azobenzene derivative 1.

Figure 02_image247
使1-(4-溴代-丁氧基)-4-硝基苯(20.0 g、73 mmol)、偶氮苯衍生物1(17.7 g、73 mmol)及碳酸鉀(15.1 g、109 mmol)的DMF(200 mL)溶液在60度下反應6小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加二氯甲烷(4 L),利用水(2 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將二氯甲烷用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量30.5 g、產率96%獲得偶氮苯衍生物2。
Figure 02_image247
Make 1-(4-bromo-butoxy)-4-nitrobenzene (20.0 g, 73 mmol), azobenzene derivative 1 (17.7 g, 73 mmol) and potassium carbonate (15.1 g, 109 mmol) The DMF (200 mL) solution was reacted at 60 degrees for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, dichloromethane (4 L) was added, and it was washed with water (2 L) three times, dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. For the bold body, dichloromethane was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the azobenzene derivative 2 with a yield of 30.5 g and a yield of 96%.

Figure 02_image249
在偶氮苯衍生物2(29.4 g、67 mmol)的乙醇(60 mL)溶液中添加水(60 mL)及硫化鈉九水合物(97.2 g、405 mmol),並加熱回流2小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,進行減壓濃縮,然後添加乙酸乙酯(3 L),利用水(1 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將甲苯:乙酸乙酯=3:1的混合溶媒用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量3.9 g、產率15%獲得式(1-2-1)、l=4的化合物。1 H-NMR(500 MHz,二甲基亞碸(dimethyl sulfoxide,DMSO)-D6 ):δ 7.72 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.64-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (br, 2H), 4.59 (br, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.87 (m, 4H).
Figure 02_image249
Water (60 mL) and sodium sulfide nonahydrate (97.2 g, 405 mmol) were added to a solution of azobenzene derivative 2 (29.4 g, 67 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL), and heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure, then ethyl acetate (3 L) was added, washed with water (1 L) three times, dried over sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product . For the bold body, a mixed solvent of toluene: ethyl acetate=3:1 was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography, with a yield of 3.9 g and a yield of 15% to obtain formula (1-2 -1) Compounds with l=4. 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)-D 6 ): δ 7.72 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.64-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (br, 2H), 4.59 (br, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.87 (m, 4H).

[合成例2]式(1-2-1)、l=2的化合物的合成

Figure 02_image251
使4'-羥基乙醯苯胺(60.0 g、397 mmol)、1,2-二溴乙烷(298 g、1590 mmol)及碳酸鉀(82.3 g、595 mmol)的DMF(600 mL)溶液在80度下反應8小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加乙酸乙酯(1.5 L),利用水(1 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將庚烷:乙酸乙酯=2:3的混合溶媒用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量5.95 g、產率6%獲得1-(2-溴代-乙氧基)-4-乙醯苯胺。[Synthesis Example 2] Synthesis of a compound of formula (1-2-1) and l=2
Figure 02_image251
Make 4'-hydroxyacetaniline (60.0 g, 397 mmol), 1,2-dibromoethane (298 g, 1590 mmol) and potassium carbonate (82.3 g, 595 mmol) in DMF (600 mL) solution in 80 The reaction temperature is 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (1.5 L) was added, washed with water (1 L) three times, dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude body. For the bold body, a mixed solvent of heptane: ethyl acetate=2:3 was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography, with a yield of 5.95 g and a yield of 6% to obtain 1-(2 -Bromo-ethoxy)-4-acetaniline.

Figure 02_image253
在4-胺基乙醯苯胺(63.8 g、425 mmol)的水(250 mL)溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)添加濃鹽酸(106 mL)。繼而,在所述溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)滴加亞硝酸鈉(29.3 g、425 mmol)的水(90 mL)溶液,然後攪拌30分鐘,製備重氮鹽的水溶液。 一邊對所獲得的重氮鹽的水溶液進行攪拌一邊緩慢地添加於經冰浴冷卻的苯酚(40.0 g、425 mmol)與乙酸鈉(279 g、3400 mmol)的乙醇(20 mL)及水(800 mL)的混合溶液中。將反應溶液在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)攪拌2小時,然後進行過濾。將所獲得的固體溶解於乙酸乙酯(4 L)中,利用水(2 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去,以產量31.2 g、產率29%獲得偶氮苯衍生物3。
Figure 02_image253
To 4-aminoacetaniline (63.8 g, 425 mmol) in water (250 mL), add concentrated hydrochloric acid (106 mL) under ice cooling (ice bath). Then, in the solution, a water (90 mL) solution of sodium nitrite (29.3 g, 425 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling (ice bath), and then stirred for 30 minutes to prepare an aqueous solution of diazonium salt. While stirring the obtained diazonium salt aqueous solution, slowly add ethanol (20 mL) and water (800 mL) to phenol (40.0 g, 425 mmol) and sodium acetate (279 g, 3400 mmol) cooled in an ice bath. mL) in the mixed solution. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours under cooling in an ice bath (ice bath), and then filtered. The obtained solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (4 L), washed 3 times with water (2 L), dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The yield was 31.2 g and the yield was 29%. Azobenzene derivative 3.

Figure 02_image255
使1-(2-溴代-乙氧基)-4-乙醯苯胺(5.95 g、23.1 mmol)、偶氮苯衍生物3(5.30 g、20.8 mmol)及碳酸鉀(4.78 g、34.6 mmol)的DMF(30 mL)溶液在80度下反應4小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加水(50 mL),對所析出的固體物進行過濾,以產量8.66 g、產率87%獲得偶氮苯衍生物4。
Figure 02_image255
Make 1-(2-bromo-ethoxy)-4-acetaniline (5.95 g, 23.1 mmol), azobenzene derivative 3 (5.30 g, 20.8 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.78 g, 34.6 mmol) The DMF (30 mL) solution was reacted at 80 degrees for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (50 mL) was added, the precipitated solid was filtered, and the azobenzene derivative 4 was obtained with a yield of 8.66 g and a yield of 87%.

Figure 02_image257
在偶氮苯衍生物4(8.66 g、20.0 mmol)的甲醇(90 mL)與四氫呋喃(Tetrahydrofuran,THF)(210 mL)的混合溶液中添加濃鹽酸(41.7 mL),加熱回流30小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,利用1 mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行鹼性化。對所獲得的固體成分進行過濾而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將乙酸乙酯用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量5.08 g、產率73%獲得式(1-2-1)、l=2的化合物。1 H-NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-D6 ):δ 7.73 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (br, 2H), 4.63 (br, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H).
Figure 02_image257
Concentrated hydrochloric acid (41.7 mL) was added to a mixed solution of azobenzene derivative 4 (8.66 g, 20.0 mmol) in methanol (90 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (Tetrahydrofuran, THF) (210 mL), and heated to reflux for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and alkalized with a 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. The obtained solid content was filtered to obtain a bold body. For the bold body, ethyl acetate was used as the eluent and purified by silica gel column chromatography. The compound of formula (1-2-1) and l=2 was obtained with a yield of 5.08 g and a yield of 73%. . 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D 6 ): δ 7.73 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H) , 6.70 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.97 (br, 2H), 4.63 (br, 2H) , 4.32 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H).

[合成例3]式(1-2-4)、l=4的化合物的合成

Figure 02_image259
使4'-羥基乙醯苯胺(60.0 g、397 mmol)、1,4-二溴丁烷(343 g、1590 mmol)及碳酸鉀(82.3 g、595 mmol)的DMF(600 mL)溶液在80度下反應8小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加乙酸乙酯(1.5 L),利用水(1 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將庚烷:乙酸乙酯=2:3的混合溶媒用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量31.9 g、產率28%獲得1-(4-溴代-丁氧基)-4-乙醯苯胺。[Synthesis Example 3] Synthesis of a compound of formula (1-2-4) and l=4
Figure 02_image259
Make 4'-hydroxyacetaniline (60.0 g, 397 mmol), 1,4-dibromobutane (343 g, 1590 mmol) and potassium carbonate (82.3 g, 595 mmol) in DMF (600 mL) solution in 80 The reaction temperature is 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (1.5 L) was added, washed with water (1 L) three times, dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude body. For the bold body, a mixed solvent of heptane: ethyl acetate=2:3 was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography, with a yield of 31.9 g and a yield of 28% to obtain 1-(4 -Bromo-butoxy)-4-acetaniline.

Figure 02_image261
在4-胺基乙醯苯胺(26.8 g、178 mmol)的水(130 mL)溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)添加濃鹽酸(45 mL)。繼而,在所述溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)滴加亞硝酸鈉(12.3 g、178 mmol)的水(40 mL)溶液,然後攪拌30分鐘,製備重氮鹽的水溶液。 一邊對所獲得的重氮鹽的水溶液進行攪拌一邊緩慢地添加於經冰浴冷卻的2-氟苯酚(20.0 g、178 mmol)與乙酸鈉(117 g、1430 mmol)的乙醇(10 mL)及水(400 mL)的混合溶液中。將反應溶液在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)攪拌3小時,然後進行過濾,以產量27.9 g、產率57%獲得偶氮苯衍生物5。
Figure 02_image261
To a solution of 4-aminoacetaniline (26.8 g, 178 mmol) in water (130 mL), add concentrated hydrochloric acid (45 mL) under ice cooling (ice bath). Then, in the solution, a water (40 mL) solution of sodium nitrite (12.3 g, 178 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling (ice bath), and then stirred for 30 minutes to prepare an aqueous solution of diazonium salt. While stirring the obtained diazonium salt aqueous solution, slowly add ethanol (10 mL) and ice-bath cooled 2-fluorophenol (20.0 g, 178 mmol) and sodium acetate (117 g, 1430 mmol) and In a mixed solution of water (400 mL). The reaction solution was stirred under ice cooling (ice bath) for 3 hours, and then filtered to obtain the azobenzene derivative 5 with a yield of 27.9 g and a yield of 57%.

Figure 02_image263
使1-(4-溴代-丁氧基)-4-乙醯苯胺(20.0 g、69.9 mmol)、偶氮苯衍生物5(19.1 g、69.9 mmol)及碳酸鉀(14.5 g、105 mmol)的DMF(100 mL)溶液在80度下反應4小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加水(200 mL),對所析出的固體物進行過濾,以產量29.5 g、產率92%獲得偶氮苯衍生物6。
Figure 02_image263
Make 1-(4-bromo-butoxy)-4-acetaniline (20.0 g, 69.9 mmol), azobenzene derivative 5 (19.1 g, 69.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (14.5 g, 105 mmol) The DMF (100 mL) solution was reacted at 80 degrees for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (200 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered to obtain an azobenzene derivative 6 with a yield of 29.5 g and a yield of 92%.

Figure 02_image265
在偶氮苯衍生物6(29.5 g、61.6 mmol)的甲醇(300 mL)與THF(740 mL)的混合溶液中添加濃鹽酸(128 mL),加熱回流170小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,利用1 mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行鹼性化。對所獲得的固體成分進行過濾而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將乙酸乙酯用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量13.0 g、產率54%獲得式(1-2-4)、l=4的化合物。1 H-NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-D6 ):δ 9.78-10.9 (br, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.95-6.28 (br, 2H), 4.20 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (m, 4H).
Figure 02_image265
Concentrated hydrochloric acid (128 mL) was added to a mixed solution of azobenzene derivative 6 (29.5 g, 61.6 mmol) in methanol (300 mL) and THF (740 mL), and heated to reflux for 170 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and alkalized with a 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. The obtained solid content was filtered to obtain a bold body. For the bold body, ethyl acetate was used as the eluent and purified by silica gel column chromatography. The compound of formula (1-2-4) and l=4 was obtained with a yield of 13.0 g and a yield of 54%. . 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D 6 ): δ 9.78-10.9 (br, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.95-6.28 (br, 2H ), 4.20 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (m, 4H).

[合成例4]式(1-1-4)、l=4的化合物的合成

Figure 02_image267
在4-硝基苯胺(55.6 g、403 mmol)的水(330 mL)溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)添加濃鹽酸(100 mL)。繼而,在所述溶液中,在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)滴加亞硝酸鈉(27.8 g、403 mmol)的水(100 mL)溶液,然後攪拌30分鐘,製備4-硝基苯重氮鹽酸鹽的水溶液。 一邊對所獲得的4-硝基苯重氮鹽酸鹽的水溶液進行攪拌,一邊緩慢地添加於經冰浴冷卻的3-羥基苄醇(50.0 g、403 mmol)與乙酸鈉(264 g、3220 mmol)的乙醇(30 mL)及水(1000 mL)的混合溶液中。將反應溶液在冰浴冷卻下(冰浴)攪拌2小時,然後進行過濾。將所獲得的固體溶解於乙酸乙酯(10 L)中,利用水(5 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去,以產量103 g、產率94%獲得偶氮苯衍生物7。[Synthesis Example 4] Synthesis of a compound of formula (1-1-4) and l=4
Figure 02_image267
To a solution of 4-nitroaniline (55.6 g, 403 mmol) in water (330 mL), add concentrated hydrochloric acid (100 mL) under ice cooling (ice bath). Then, in the solution, a solution of sodium nitrite (27.8 g, 403 mmol) in water (100 mL) was added dropwise under ice cooling (ice bath), and then stirred for 30 minutes to prepare 4-nitrobenzene diazonium Aqueous solution of hydrochloride. While stirring the obtained aqueous solution of 4-nitrobenzene diazonium hydrochloride, it was slowly added to 3-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (50.0 g, 403 mmol) and sodium acetate (264 g, 3220) cooled in an ice bath. mmol) in a mixed solution of ethanol (30 mL) and water (1000 mL). The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours under cooling in an ice bath (ice bath), and then filtered. The obtained solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 L), washed 3 times with water (5 L), dried with sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The yield was 103 g and the yield was 94%. Azobenzene derivative 7.

Figure 02_image269
使1-(4-溴代-丁氧基)-4-硝基苯(50.0 g、182 mmol)、偶氮苯衍生物7(49.8 g、182 mmol)及碳酸鉀(37.8 g、274 mmol)的DMF(500 mL)溶液在60度下反應6小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,添加乙酸乙酯(5 L),利用水(3 L)清洗3次,利用硫酸鈉進行乾燥,然後將溶媒減壓餾去而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將乙酸乙酯用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量26.5 g、產率31%獲得偶氮苯衍生物8。
Figure 02_image269
Make 1-(4-bromo-butoxy)-4-nitrobenzene (50.0 g, 182 mmol), azobenzene derivative 7 (49.8 g, 182 mmol) and potassium carbonate (37.8 g, 274 mmol) The DMF (500 mL) solution was reacted at 60 degrees for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (5 L) was added, and it was washed with water (3 L) three times, and dried with sodium sulfate. Then, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude body. For the bold body, ethyl acetate was used as the eluent and purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the azobenzene derivative 8 with a yield of 26.5 g and a yield of 31%.

Figure 02_image271
在偶氮苯衍生物8(20.0 g、43 mmol)的乙醇(300 mL)溶液中添加水(100 mL)及硫化鈉九水合物(41.2 g、172 mmol),加熱回流2小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,進行過濾而獲得粗體。針對所述粗體,將甲苯:乙酸乙酯=4:1的混合溶媒用作洗脫液,並利用矽膠管柱色譜法進行純化,以產量1.23 g、產率7%獲得式(1-1-4)、l=4的化合物。1 H-NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-D6 ):δ 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J=2.7, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.63-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.96 (br, 2H), 5.20 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.59 (br, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.82-1.88 (m, 4H).
Figure 02_image271
Add water (100 mL) and sodium sulfide nonahydrate (41.2 g, 172 mmol) to a solution of azobenzene derivative 8 (20.0 g, 43 mmol) in ethanol (300 mL), and heat to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to obtain a crude body. For the bold body, a mixed solvent of toluene: ethyl acetate=4:1 was used as the eluent, and purified by silica gel column chromatography, with a yield of 1.23 g and a yield of 7% to obtain formula (1-1 -4) Compounds with l=4. 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-D 6 ): δ 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H) , 6.87 (dd, J=2.7, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.63-6.66 (m, 4H), 6.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.96 (br, 2H), 5.20 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 4.59 (br, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.82- 1.88 (m, 4H).

<清漆的製備> 本實施例中所使用的清漆是按下述程序來製備。此處,清漆的製備例1~製備例11中所製備的清漆A1~清漆A11是將具有光反應性的至少一種化合物用作原料之一而進行反應所得的聚醯胺酸的溶液。清漆的製備例12~製備例14中所製備的摻合用清漆B1~摻合用清漆B3是在原料中不使用具有光反應性的化合物而獲得的聚醯胺酸的溶液,且與清漆A1~清漆A11摻合後使用。<Preparation of varnish> The varnish used in this example was prepared according to the following procedure. Here, the varnish A1 to the varnish A11 prepared in Preparation Example 1 to Preparation Example 11 of the varnish are solutions of polyamide acid obtained by reacting at least one compound having photoreactivity as one of the raw materials. Varnish for blending B1 to Varnish for blending B3 prepared in Preparation Example 12 to Preparation Example 14 is a solution of polyamide acid obtained without using a photoreactive compound in the raw material, and is combined with varnish A1 to varnish Use after blending A11.

[清漆的製備例1] 清漆A1的製備 在安裝有攪拌翼、氮氣導入管的100 mL三口燒瓶中放入1.665 g的式(1-2-1-2)所表示的化合物,添加17.0 g的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮並加以攪拌。在所述溶液中添加0.175 g的式(AN-2-1)所表示的化合物、0.263 g的式(AN-1-1)所表示的化合物及0.899 g的式(AN-4-17)(m=8)所表示的化合物,在室溫下攪拌12小時。在其中添加15.0 g的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone,NMP)及15.0 g的丁基溶纖劑(Butyl Cellosolve,BC),在70℃下對所獲得的溶液進行加熱攪拌,直至作為溶質的聚合物的重量平均分子量成為所期望的重量平均分子量為止,從而獲得溶質的重量平均分子量為大約13,000且樹脂成分濃度為6重量%的清漆A1。[Preparation Example 1 of Varnish] Preparation of Varnish A1 Put 1.665 g of the compound represented by the formula (1-2-1-2) in a 100 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade and a nitrogen introduction tube, add 17.0 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and stir . Add 0.175 g of the compound represented by formula (AN-2-1), 0.263 g of the compound represented by formula (AN-1-1), and 0.899 g of formula (AN-4-17) ( m=8) The compound represented by stirring at room temperature for 12 hours. Add 15.0 g of N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone (N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, NMP) and 15.0 g of Butyl Cellosolve (BC), and heat the obtained solution at 70°C Stirring is performed until the weight average molecular weight of the polymer as the solute becomes the desired weight average molecular weight, thereby obtaining a varnish A1 having a weight average molecular weight of the solute of approximately 13,000 and a resin component concentration of 6% by weight.

[清漆的製備例2~製備例17] 清漆A2~清漆A14、清漆B1~清漆B3的製備 除如表1所示般變更用作二胺類及四羧酸二酐的化合物以外,與製備例1同樣地製備樹脂成分濃度為6重量%的清漆A2~清漆A14。除如表2所示般變更用作二胺類及四羧酸二酐的化合物以外,與製備例1同樣地製備清漆B1~清漆B3。清漆B1~清漆B3中,調整加熱攪拌的條件,以使聚合物的重量平均分子量成為50,000左右。將所生成的聚合物的重量平均分子量與製備例1的結果一起示於表1及表2中。再者,表1中,關於作為二胺類記載有兩種以上的化合物的製備例,是指將所述所有的化合物合並用作二胺類,關於作為四羧酸二酐記載有兩種以上的化合物的製備例,是指將所述所有的化合物合並用作四羧酸二酐。方括號內的數值表示調配比(莫耳%),空欄是指不使用與所述欄對應的化合物。表2及表3中,也同樣如此。[Preparation Example 2 of Varnish-Preparation Example 17] Preparation of Varnish A2-Varnish A14, Varnish B1-Varnish B3 Except having changed the compound used as a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride as shown in Table 1, it carried out similarly to the preparation example 1, and prepared varnish A2-varnish A14 with a resin component concentration of 6 weight%. Except having changed the compound used as a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride as shown in Table 2, it carried out similarly to the preparation example 1, and prepared varnish B1-varnish B3. In varnish B1 to varnish B3, the conditions of heating and stirring are adjusted so that the weight average molecular weight of the polymer becomes about 50,000. The weight average molecular weight of the produced polymer is shown in Tables 1 and 2 together with the results of Preparation Example 1. In addition, in Table 1, about the preparation examples in which two or more compounds are described as diamines, it means that all of the above-mentioned compounds are combined as diamines, and two or more are described as tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. The preparation example of the compound refers to combining all the compounds described above as tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The value in square brackets indicates the compounding ratio (mol%), and the blank column means that the compound corresponding to the column is not used. The same is true in Table 2 and Table 3.

[表1] 清漆製備例 清漆No. 四羧酸二酐 二胺類 Mw 製備例1 A1 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [100]     13,000 製備例2 A2 AN-4-17 m=4 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [100]     13,400 製備例3 A3 AN-4-5   [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] 1-2-1 l=6 [100]     12,800 製備例4 A4 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [90] DI-13-1   [5] DI-4-13   [5] 14,000 製備例5 A5 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] V-2-1   [100]     12,000 製備例6 A6 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] V-2-1   [54] DI-5-1 m=4 [46]   13,100 製備例7 A7 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] V-2-1   [60] DI-5-1 m=8 [40]   12,800 製備例8 A8 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] V-4-2   [100]     13,800 製備例9 A9 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-4-21   [20] 1-2-1 l=2 [65] V-2-1   [35]   13,000 製備例10 A10 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1   [30] AN-2-1   [20] 1-2-4 l=4 [100]     12,800 製備例11 A11 AN-4-17 m=8 [55] AN-1-1   [15] AN-4-21   [30] 1-2-4 l=4 [90] DI-5-17   [10]   15,000 製備例12 A12 AN-4-17 m=4 [70] AN-1-1   [30]   1-1-4 l=4 [100]     9,800 製備例13 A13 AN-4-17 m=8 [40] AN-4-5   [30] AN-2-1   [30] 1-2-1 l=4 [85] V-2-1   [10] DI-13-1   [5] 13,000 製備例14 A14 AN-4-17 m=8 [40] AN-4-5   [30] AN-1-1   [40] 1-2-1 l=4 [60] V-4-2   [35] DI-5-28   [5] 12,900 [Table 1] Varnish preparation example Varnish No. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride Diamines Mw Preparation Example 1 A1 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [100] 13,000 Preparation Example 2 A2 AN-4-17 m=4 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [100] 13,400 Preparation Example 3 A3 AN-4-5 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] 1-2-1 l=6 [100] 12,800 Preparation Example 4 A4 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] 1-2-1 l=4 [90] DI-13-1 [5] DI-4-13 [5] 14,000 Preparation Example 5 A5 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] V-2-1 [100] 12,000 Preparation Example 6 A6 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] V-2-1 [54] DI-5-1 m=4 [46] 13,100 Preparation Example 7 A7 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] V-2-1 [60] DI-5-1 m=8 [40] 12,800 Preparation Example 8 A8 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] V-4-2 [100] 13,800 Preparation Example 9 A9 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-4-21 [20] 1-2-1 l=2 [65] V-2-1 [35] 13,000 Preparation Example 10 A10 AN-4-17 m=8 [50] AN-1-1 [30] AN-2-1 [20] 1-2-4 l=4 [100] 12,800 Preparation Example 11 A11 AN-4-17 m=8 [55] AN-1-1 [15] AN-4-21 [30] 1-2-4 l=4 [90] DI-5-17 [10] 15,000 Preparation Example 12 A12 AN-4-17 m=4 [70] AN-1-1 [30] 1-1-4 l=4 [100] 9,800 Preparation Example 13 A13 AN-4-17 m=8 [40] AN-4-5 [30] AN-2-1 [30] 1-2-1 l=4 [85] V-2-1 [10] DI-13-1 [5] 13,000 Preparation Example 14 A14 AN-4-17 m=8 [40] AN-4-5 [30] AN-1-1 [40] 1-2-1 l=4 [60] V-4-2 [35] DI-5-28 [5] 12,900

[表2] 清漆製備例 清漆No. 四羧酸二酐 二胺類 重量平均分子量 製備例15 B1 AN-2-1   [50] AN-3-2   [50]   DI-5-1 m=1 [10] DI-4-1   [40] DI-13-1   [50]   53,000 製備例16 B2 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [40] AN-1-1   [30] DI-5-9   [10] DI-13-1   [40] DI-4-18   [50]   55,000 製備例17 B3 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [40] AN-1-1   [30] DI-4-1   [10] DI-13-1   [10] DI-4-19   [50] DIH-1-2 m=4 [30] 55,000 [Table 2] Varnish preparation example Varnish No. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride Diamines Weight average molecular weight Preparation Example 15 B1 AN-2-1 [50] AN-3-2 [50] DI-5-1 m=1 [10] DI-4-1 [40] DI-13-1 [50] 53,000 Preparation Example 16 B2 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [40] AN-1-1 [30] DI-5-9 [10] DI-13-1 [40] DI-4-18 [50] 55,000 Preparation Example 17 B3 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [40] AN-1-1 [30] DI-4-1 [10] DI-13-1 [10] DI-4-19 [50] DIH-1-2 m=4 [30] 55,000

[清漆的製備例18] 清漆C1的製備 本製備例中,進行兩階段的聚合步驟來合成聚醯胺酸的嵌段聚合物。 (1)第一階段的聚合步驟 在安裝有攪拌翼、氮氣導入管的200 mL的三口燒瓶中添加二胺化合物(DI-5-9)(0.226 g)、二胺化合物(DI-13-1)(0.910 g)、二胺化合物(DI-4-19)(0.308 g)及NMP(20.0 g)並加以攪拌。在所述溶液中放入四羧酸二酐(AN-2-1)(0.665 g)、四羧酸二酐(AN-3-2)(0.740 g)及NMP(10.0 g),在室溫下持續攪拌6小時,獲得第一聚醯胺酸的溶液。[Preparation Example 18 of Varnish] Preparation of Varnish C1 In this preparation example, a two-stage polymerization step is performed to synthesize a block polymer of polyamide acid. (1) The first stage of polymerization steps Add the diamine compound (DI-5-9) (0.226 g), the diamine compound (DI-13-1) (0.910 g), and the diamine compound to a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade and a nitrogen inlet tube (DI-4-19) (0.308 g) and NMP (20.0 g) and stir. Put tetracarboxylic dianhydride (AN-2-1) (0.665 g), tetracarboxylic dianhydride (AN-3-2) (0.740 g) and NMP (10.0 g) in the solution, at room temperature Continue stirring for 6 hours to obtain the first polyamide acid solution.

(2)第二階段的聚合步驟 在進行了第一階段的聚合的燒瓶中放入二胺化合物(1-2-1、l=4)(1.28 g)、二胺化合物(V-2-1)(0.120 g)、二胺化合物(DI-13-1)(0.152 g)、四羧酸二酐(AN-4-17、m=8)(1.38 g)、四羧酸二酐(AN-2-1)(0.111 g)、四羧酸二酐(AN-1-1)(0.112 g)以及NMP(34.0 g),在室溫下持續攪拌24小時,獲得第一聚醯胺酸與第二聚醯胺酸的混合溶液。在所述反應溶液中添加BC(30.0 g),一邊加熱至60℃,一邊進行8小時攪拌,獲得聚合物固體成分濃度為6重量%的聚醯胺酸嵌段聚合物溶液。將所述聚醯胺酸嵌段聚合物溶液作為清漆C1。(2) The second stage of polymerization steps Put the diamine compound (1-2-1, l=4) (1.28 g), the diamine compound (V-2-1) (0.120 g), and the diamine compound in the flask where the first stage of polymerization was carried out. (DI-13-1) (0.152 g), tetracarboxylic dianhydride (AN-4-17, m=8) (1.38 g), tetracarboxylic dianhydride (AN-2-1) (0.111 g), Tetracarboxylic dianhydride (AN-1-1) (0.112 g) and NMP (34.0 g) were continuously stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a mixed solution of the first polyamide acid and the second polyamide acid. BC (30.0 g) was added to the reaction solution, and stirring was performed for 8 hours while heating to 60°C to obtain a polyamide block polymer solution having a polymer solid content concentration of 6 wt%. The polyamide block polymer solution was used as varnish C1.

[清漆的製備例19~製備例22] 清漆C2~清漆C5的製備 除如表3所示般變更用作二胺類及四羧酸二酐的化合物以外,與製備例18同樣地製備樹脂成分濃度為6重量%的清漆C2~清漆C5。將所使用的化合物及調配比與製備例18一起示於表3中。[Preparation Example 19-Preparation Example 22 of Varnish] Preparation of Varnish C2-Varnish C5 Except having changed the compound used as a diamine and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride as shown in Table 3, it carried out similarly to Preparation Example 18, and prepared varnish C2-varnish C5 with a resin component concentration of 6 weight%. The compound used and the formulation ratio are shown in Table 3 together with Preparation Example 18.

[表3] 清漆製備例 清漆No. 第一階段的聚合 第二階段的聚合 四羧酸二酐 二胺類 四羧酸二酐 二胺類 製備例18 C1 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [30]   DI-5-9   [10] DI-13-1   [30] DI-4-19   [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1   [5] AN-1-1   [5] 1-2-1 l=4 [30] V-2-1   [5] DI-13-1   [5] 製備例19 C2 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [10] AN-1-1   [10] DI-4-1   [5] DI-13-1   [25] DIH-1-2 m=4 [30] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1   [10] AN-1-1   [10] 1-2-1 l=4 [30] V-4-2   [10] DI-13-1   [10] 製備例20 C3 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [20]   DI-4-1   [10] DI-13-1   [20] DI-4-19   [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1   [10] AN-1-1   [10] 1-2-1 l=4 [45] DI-13-1   [5]   製備例21 C4 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [30]   DI-4-1   [10] DI-13-1   [20] DI-4-19   [30] AN-4-17 m=8 [20] AN-2-1   [10] AN-1-1   [10] 1-2-4 l=4 [30] DI-13-1   [5] DI-4-13   [5] 製備例22 C5 AN-2-1   [30] AN-3-2   [20]   DI-4-1   [10] DI-13-1   [20] DI-4-19   [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [20] AN-2-1   [20] AN-1-1   [10] V-2-1   [40] DI-13-1   [10]   [table 3] Varnish preparation example Varnish No. The first stage of aggregation The second stage of aggregation Tetracarboxylic dianhydride Diamines Tetracarboxylic dianhydride Diamines Preparation Example 18 C1 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [30] DI-5-9 [10] DI-13-1 [30] DI-4-19 [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1 [5] AN-1-1 [5] 1-2-1 l=4 [30] V-2-1 [5] DI-13-1 [5] Preparation Example 19 C2 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [10] AN-1-1 [10] DI-4-1 [5] DI-13-1 [25] DIH-1-2 m=4 [30] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1 [10] AN-1-1 [10] 1-2-1 l=4 [30] V-4-2 [10] DI-13-1 [10] Preparation Example 20 C3 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [20] DI-4-1 [10] DI-13-1 [20] DI-4-19 [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [30] AN-2-1 [10] AN-1-1 [10] 1-2-1 l=4 [45] DI-13-1 [5] Preparation Example 21 C4 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [30] DI-4-1 [10] DI-13-1 [20] DI-4-19 [30] AN-4-17 m=8 [20] AN-2-1 [10] AN-1-1 [10] 1-2-4 l=4 [30] DI-13-1 [5] DI-4-13 [5] Preparation Example 22 C5 AN-2-1 [30] AN-3-2 [20] DI-4-1 [10] DI-13-1 [20] DI-4-19 [20] AN-4-17 m=8 [20] AN-2-1 [20] AN-1-1 [10] V-2-1 [40] DI-13-1 [10]

[實施例1] <清漆製備及AC殘像測定> 利用NMP/BC混合溶液(NMP/BC=7/3重量比)將清漆A1以成為4重量%的方式進行稀釋、攪拌,從而製備配向劑1。 通過旋轉器法而將配向劑1塗布於帶有FFS電極的玻璃基板及帶有柱間隔物(column spacer)的玻璃基板上。在塗布後,將基板在60℃下加熱80秒,使溶劑蒸發,然後使用牛尾電機(股)製造的姆奇萊特(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而鉛垂的方向經由偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)來測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為2.0±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。其後,在220℃下進行30分鐘煆燒處理,從而形成膜厚大約100 nm的配向膜。 繼而,將這些形成有配向膜的兩片基板以使形成有液晶配向膜的面相向、且在相向的液晶配向膜之間設置用以注入液晶組成物的空隙的方式加以貼合。此時,使對各個液晶配向膜照射的直線偏光的偏光方向平行。在這些單元中注入正型液晶組成物A,製作單元厚度5 μm的液晶單元(液晶顯示元件)。[Example 1] <Preparation of varnish and measurement of AC residual image> The varnish A1 was diluted and stirred to 4% by weight using a NMP/BC mixed solution (NMP/BC=7/3 weight ratio) to prepare an alignment agent 1. The alignment agent 1 was coated on a glass substrate with FFS electrodes and a glass substrate with column spacers by the spinner method. After coating, the substrate is heated at 60°C for 80 seconds to evaporate the solvent, and then the Multi-Light ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Motor (stock) is used from the vertical direction relative to the substrate The linear polarized light of ultraviolet rays is irradiated through the polarizing plate. The exposure energy at this time is measured by using the UIT-150 (photoreceiver: UVD-S365) ultraviolet cumulative light meter manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. to become 2.0±0.1 J/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Thereafter, a firing treatment was performed at 220° C. for 30 minutes, thereby forming an alignment film with a film thickness of about 100 nm. Then, these two substrates on which the alignment film is formed are bonded so that the surfaces on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed face each other, and a gap for injecting the liquid crystal composition is provided between the opposing liquid crystal alignment films. At this time, the polarization directions of the linearly polarized light irradiated to the respective liquid crystal alignment films are made parallel. The positive liquid crystal composition A was injected into these cells to produce a liquid crystal cell (liquid crystal display element) with a cell thickness of 5 μm.

<正型液晶組成物A>

Figure 02_image273
(物性值) 相轉變溫度NI:100.1℃、介電各向異性Δε:5.1、折射率各向異性Δn:0.093、黏度η:25.6 mPa·s.<Positive liquid crystal composition A>
Figure 02_image273
(Physical properties) Phase transition temperature NI: 100.1℃, dielectric anisotropy Δε: 5.1, refractive index anisotropy Δn: 0.093, viscosity η: 25.6 mPa·s.

使用所製成的液晶單元,依據所述評價法「AC殘像測定/對比度測定」來進行AC殘像測定及對比度測定。其結果,ΔB為1.3%,CR為3200。Using the produced liquid crystal cell, AC residual image measurement and contrast measurement were performed in accordance with the evaluation method "AC residual image measurement/contrast measurement". As a result, ΔB was 1.3%, and CR was 3200.

<VHR可靠性評價> 通過旋轉器法而將配向劑1塗布於帶有IPS電極的玻璃基板及帶有柱間隔物(column spacer)的玻璃基板上。在塗布後,將基板在60℃下加熱80秒,使溶劑蒸發,然後使用牛尾電機(股)製造的姆奇萊特(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而鉛垂的方向經由偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)來測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為2.0±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。其後,在220℃下進行30分鐘煆燒處理,從而形成膜厚大約100 nm的配向膜。<VHR reliability evaluation> The aligning agent 1 was applied on a glass substrate with an IPS electrode and a glass substrate with a column spacer (column spacer) by a spinner method. After coating, the substrate is heated at 60°C for 80 seconds to evaporate the solvent, and then the Multi-Light ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Motor (stock) is used from the vertical direction relative to the substrate The linear polarized light of ultraviolet rays is irradiated through the polarizing plate. The exposure energy at this time is measured by using the UIT-150 (photoreceiver: UVD-S365) ultraviolet cumulative light meter manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. to become 2.0±0.1 J/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time. Thereafter, a firing treatment was performed at 220° C. for 30 minutes, thereby forming an alignment film with a film thickness of about 100 nm.

繼而,將形成有液晶配向膜的兩片基板以使形成有液晶配向膜的面相向、且在相向的液晶配向膜之間形成用以注入液晶組成物的空隙的方式加以貼合。此時,關於基板的朝向,設為在光配向處理時對各液晶配向膜照射的直線偏光的偏光方向相互平行的朝向。在所述所貼合的基板間的空隙中注入下述組成的負型液晶組成物A,製作單元厚度7 μm的液晶單元(液晶顯示元件)。Then, the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed are bonded so that the surfaces on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed face each other, and a gap for injecting the liquid crystal composition is formed between the facing liquid crystal alignment films. At this time, regarding the orientation of the substrate, the polarization directions of the linearly polarized light irradiated to the respective liquid crystal alignment films during the photo-alignment process were parallel to each other. A negative liquid crystal composition A having the following composition was injected into the gap between the bonded substrates to produce a liquid crystal cell (liquid crystal display element) having a cell thickness of 7 μm.

<負型液晶組成物A>

Figure 02_image275
(物性值) 相轉變溫度NI:75.7℃、介電各向異性Δε:-4.1、折射率各向異性Δn:0.101、黏度η:14.5 mPa·s.<Negative liquid crystal composition A>
Figure 02_image275
(Physical properties) Phase transition temperature NI: 75.7℃, dielectric anisotropy Δε: -4.1, refractive index anisotropy Δn: 0.101, viscosity η: 14.5 mPa·s.

使用所製成的液晶單元,依據所述評價法「電壓保持率(VHR)可靠性的評價」來進行VHR可靠性評價。其結果,VHR降低率為-4%。Using the produced liquid crystal cell, the VHR reliability evaluation was performed in accordance with the evaluation method "Evaluation of Voltage Holding Ratio (VHR) Reliability". As a result, the VHR reduction rate was -4%.

[實施例2]~[實施例7]、[比較例1]~[比較例3] 除使用表4中記載的清漆來代替清漆1以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作來製備配向劑2~配向劑7及比較配向劑1~比較配向劑3。使用所製備的配向劑,進行與實施例1相同的操作來進行AC殘像測定及對比度測定、以及VHR可靠性評價。將結果與實施例1的結果一起示於表4中。[Example 2] to [Example 7], [Comparative Example 1] to [Comparative Example 3] Except that the varnish described in Table 4 was used instead of varnish 1, the same operation as in Example 1 was performed to prepare alignment agent 2 to alignment agent 7 and comparative alignment agent 1 to comparison alignment agent 3. Using the prepared alignment agent, the same operations as in Example 1 were performed to perform AC residual image measurement, contrast measurement, and VHR reliability evaluation. The results are shown in Table 4 together with the results of Example 1.

[表4] 實施例 No. 配向劑 No. 清漆A No. ΔB (%) CR VHR 降低率(%) 實施例1 配向劑1 A1 1.3 3200 -4 實施例2 配向劑2 A2 1.0 3300 -3 實施例3 配向劑3 A9 1.5 3300 -6 實施例4 配向劑4 A10 1.1 3200 -3 實施例5 配向劑5 A11 1.2 3200 -3 實施例6 配向劑6 A12 1.0 3000 -2 實施例7 配向劑7 A14 1.1 3200 -3 比較例1 比較配向劑1 A5 1.0 3300 -20 比較例2 比較配向劑2 A6 2.5 2900 -4 比較例3 比較配向劑3 A7 2.8 2700 -4 [Table 4] Example No. Alignment agent No. Varnish A No. ΔB (%) CR VHR reduction rate (%) Example 1 Orientation agent 1 A1 1.3 3200 -4 Example 2 Orientation agent 2 A2 1.0 3300 -3 Example 3 Orientation agent 3 A9 1.5 3300 -6 Example 4 Alignment agent 4 A10 1.1 3200 -3 Example 5 Alignment agent 5 A11 1.2 3200 -3 Example 6 Orientation agent 6 A12 1.0 3000 -2 Example 7 Orientation agent 7 A14 1.1 3200 -3 Comparative example 1 Comparison aligner 1 A5 1.0 3300 -20 Comparative example 2 Comparison aligner 2 A6 2.5 2900 -4 Comparative example 3 Comparison Alignment Agent 3 A7 2.8 2700 -4

使用本發明的化合物的實施例1~實施例7中,ΔB的值小,示出優異的殘像特性。另外,對比度也高,示出優異的對比度。進而,VHR降低率也小,獲得VHR可靠性高的液晶顯示元件。另一方面,使用二胺基偶氮苯的比較例1中,ΔB及對比度與實施例1~實施例7為相同程度,但VHR降低率大,無法獲得高VHR可靠性。 並用二胺基偶氮苯與具有烷基鏈結構的二胺的比較例2、比較例3中,通過降低偶氮苯結構的比率,VHR降低率與實施例1~實施例7為相同程度,並改善了VHR可靠性。然而,與實施例1~實施例7相比,ΔB的值大,對比度變低,無法獲得優異的殘像特性、對比度。In Examples 1 to 7 in which the compound of the present invention was used, the value of ΔB was small and showed excellent residual image characteristics. In addition, the contrast is also high, showing excellent contrast. Furthermore, the VHR reduction rate was also small, and a liquid crystal display element with high VHR reliability was obtained. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 using diaminoazobenzene, ΔB and contrast were the same as those of Examples 1 to 7, but the VHR reduction rate was large, and high VHR reliability could not be obtained. In Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 in which diaminoazobenzene and diamine having an alkyl chain structure were used in combination, by reducing the ratio of the azobenzene structure, the VHR reduction rate was the same as that of Examples 1 to 7. And improved the reliability of VHR. However, as compared with Example 1 to Example 7, the value of ΔB is large, the contrast becomes low, and excellent residual image characteristics and contrast cannot be obtained.

[實施例8] 將清漆A1與清漆B1以重量比成為3:7的方式摻合,進而,利用NMP/BC混合溶液(NMP/BC=7/3重量比)以成為4重量%的方式進行稀釋、攪拌,從而製備配向劑8。 使用配向劑8,進行與實施例1相同的操作來進行AC殘像測定及對比度測定、以及VHR可靠性評價。[Example 8] The varnish A1 and the varnish B1 are blended so that the weight ratio becomes 3:7, and then, the NMP/BC mixed solution (NMP/BC=7/3 weight ratio) is used to dilute and stir to become 4% by weight, thereby The alignment agent 8 was prepared. Using the alignment agent 8, the same operations as in Example 1 were performed to perform AC residual image measurement, contrast measurement, and VHR reliability evaluation.

[實施例9]~[實施例12]、[比較例4]~[比較例6] 使用表5所示的清漆來代替清漆A1與清漆B1,並變更為表5所示的摻合比,除此以外,與實施例8同樣地製備配向劑9~配向劑12及比較配向劑4~比較配向劑6。在配向劑10中添加相對於固體成分而為3重量份的1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯作為添加劑,將其用於以後的評價中。使用所製備的配向劑,與實施例8同樣地進行AC殘像測定、對比度測定及VHR可靠性評價。將所使用的清漆、摻合比及結果與實施例8一起示於表5中。[Example 9] to [Example 12], [Comparative Example 4] to [Comparative Example 6] The varnish shown in Table 5 was used instead of varnish A1 and varnish B1, and the blending ratio shown in Table 5 was changed, except that the alignment agent 9 to the alignment agent 12 and the comparison alignment agent 4 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 8. ~Comparative alignment agent 6. 3 parts by weight of 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene was added to the aligning agent 10 as an additive with respect to the solid content, and this was used in subsequent evaluations. Using the prepared alignment agent, AC residual image measurement, contrast measurement, and VHR reliability evaluation were performed in the same manner as in Example 8. The varnish used, the blending ratio, and the result are shown in Table 5 together with Example 8.

[表5] 實施例 No. 配向劑 No. 清漆A No. 清漆B No. 摻合比 A:B ΔB (%) CR VHR 降低率(%) 實施例8 配向劑8 A1 B1 3:7 1.2 3500 -1 實施例9 配向劑9 A2 B2 5:5 2.3 3500 -2 實施例10 配向劑10 A3 B3 4:6 2.5 3100 -2 實施例11 配向劑11 A4 B2 2:8 1.8 3400 -1 實施例12 配向劑12 A13 B1 2:8 1.9 3500 -2 比較例4 比較配向劑4 A5 B2 3:7 1.7 3500 -10 比較例5 比較配向劑5 A7 B1 3:7 3.1 2500 -2 比較例6 比較配向劑6 A8 B3 3:7 1.5 2300 -1 [table 5] Example No. Alignment agent No. Varnish A No. Varnish B No. Blending ratio A: B ΔB (%) CR VHR reduction rate (%) Example 8 Orientation agent 8 A1 B1 3:7 1.2 3500 -1 Example 9 Orientation agent 9 A2 B2 5:5 2.3 3500 -2 Example 10 Alignment agent 10 A3 B3 4:6 2.5 3100 -2 Example 11 Orientation agent 11 A4 B2 2: 8 1.8 3400 -1 Example 12 Orientation agent 12 A13 B1 2: 8 1.9 3500 -2 Comparative example 4 Comparison Alignment Agent 4 A5 B2 3:7 1.7 3500 -10 Comparative example 5 Comparison Alignment Agent 5 A7 B1 3:7 3.1 2500 -2 Comparative example 6 Comparison Alignment Agent 6 A8 B3 3:7 1.5 2300 -1

摻合型液晶配向劑中,當使用本發明的液晶配向劑時,ΔB也小,示出優異的殘像特性。另外,對比度也高,示出優異的對比度。進而,VHR降低率也小,獲得VHR可靠性高的液晶顯示元件。另一方面,使用二胺基偶氮苯來代替本發明的化合物的比較例4中,示出相同程度的ΔB、對比度的值。但是,關於VHR降低率,雖然通過設為摻合型而小於比較例1,但是仍然有10%的降低,無法獲得高VHR可靠性。並用二胺基偶氮苯與具有烷基鏈結構的二胺的比較例5中,VHR降低率與使用本發明的化合物的情況為相同程度,但ΔB的值大,對比度變低,成為殘像特性、對比度差的結果。使用式(V-4-2)所表示的化合物來代替本發明的化合物的比較例6中,VHR降低率及ΔB的值與使用本發明的化合物的情況為相同程度,但對比度低。 如上所述,未使用本發明的化合物的比較配向劑中,無法獲得具備優異的殘像特性、對比度與高VHR可靠性的液晶顯示元件。Among the blended liquid crystal alignment agents, when the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used, ΔB is also small, showing excellent residual image characteristics. In addition, the contrast is also high, showing excellent contrast. Furthermore, the VHR reduction rate was also small, and a liquid crystal display element with high VHR reliability was obtained. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 4 in which diaminoazobenzene was used instead of the compound of the present invention, the values of ΔB and contrast were shown to be the same. However, although the VHR reduction rate was lower than that of Comparative Example 1 by using the blended type, there was still a 10% reduction, and high VHR reliability could not be obtained. In Comparative Example 5 in which diaminoazobenzene and a diamine having an alkyl chain structure were used in combination, the VHR reduction rate was about the same as the case of using the compound of the present invention, but the value of ΔB was large, the contrast became low, and an afterimage was formed The result of poor characteristics and contrast. In Comparative Example 6 in which the compound represented by formula (V-4-2) was used instead of the compound of the present invention, the VHR reduction rate and the value of ΔB were the same as those in the case of using the compound of the present invention, but the contrast was low. As described above, in a comparative alignment agent that does not use the compound of the present invention, a liquid crystal display element having excellent residual image characteristics, contrast, and high VHR reliability cannot be obtained.

[實施例13]~[實施例16]、[比較例7] 除使用表6中記載的清漆來代替清漆1以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作來製備配向劑13~配向劑16及比較配向劑7。使用所製備的配向劑,進行與實施例1相同的操作來進行AC殘像測定及對比度測定、以及VHR可靠性評價。將結果示於表6中。[Example 13]-[Example 16], [Comparative Example 7] Except that the varnish described in Table 6 was used instead of the varnish 1, the same operation as in Example 1 was performed to prepare the alignment agent 13 to the alignment agent 16 and the comparative alignment agent 7. Using the prepared alignment agent, the same operations as in Example 1 were performed to perform AC residual image measurement, contrast measurement, and VHR reliability evaluation. The results are shown in Table 6.

[表6] 實施例 No. 配向劑 No. 清漆A No. ΔB (%) CR VHR 降低率(%) 實施例13 配向劑13 C1 2.1 3300 -2 實施例14 配向劑14 C2 1.0 3100 -1 實施例15 配向劑15 C3 1.6 3200 -2 實施例16 配向劑16 C4 1.5 3200 -2 比較例7 比較配向劑7 C5 1.5 3200 -12 [Table 6] Example No. Alignment agent No. Varnish A No. ΔB (%) CR VHR reduction rate (%) Example 13 Orientation agent 13 C1 2.1 3300 -2 Example 14 Alignment agent 14 C2 1.0 3100 -1 Example 15 Alignment agent 15 C3 1.6 3200 -2 Example 16 Orientation agent 16 C4 1.5 3200 -2 Comparative example 7 Comparison Alignment Agent 7 C5 1.5 3200 -12

嵌段聚合物中,當使用本發明的液晶配向劑時,ΔB也小,示出優異的殘像特性。另外,對比度也高,示出優異的對比度。進而,VHR降低率也小,獲得VHR可靠性高的液晶顯示元件。另一方面,使用二胺基偶氮苯來代替本發明的化合物的比較例7中,示出相同程度的ΔB、對比度的值。但是,VHR有12%的降低,無法獲得高VHR可靠性。 如上所述,未使用本發明的化合物的比較配向劑中,無法獲得具備優異的殘像特性、對比度與高VHR可靠性的液晶顯示元件。Among the block polymers, when the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used, ΔB is also small and exhibits excellent residual image characteristics. In addition, the contrast is also high, showing excellent contrast. Furthermore, the VHR reduction rate was also small, and a liquid crystal display element with high VHR reliability was obtained. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 7 in which diamino azobenzene was used instead of the compound of the present invention, the values of ΔB and contrast of the same degree were shown. However, the VHR is reduced by 12%, and high VHR reliability cannot be obtained. As described above, in a comparative alignment agent that does not use the compound of the present invention, a liquid crystal display element having excellent residual image characteristics, contrast, and high VHR reliability cannot be obtained.

[實施例17] 通過旋轉器法而將配向劑1塗布於玻璃基板上。在塗布後,將基板在60℃下加熱80秒,使溶劑蒸發而形成配向劑的膜。對所述基板照射直線偏光。在照射時,使用牛尾電機(股)製造的姆奇萊特(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而鉛垂的方向經由偏光板來照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)來測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為1.0±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間來進行。其後,在220℃下進行30分鐘煆燒處理,從而形成膜厚大約100 nm的配向膜。 使用分光橢偏儀來測定所述基板在589 nm下的延遲值(Re值)。結果為34 nm。[Example 17] The alignment agent 1 was coated on a glass substrate by a spinner method. After coating, the substrate was heated at 60° C. for 80 seconds to evaporate the solvent to form an alignment agent film. The substrate is irradiated with linearly polarized light. During the irradiation, a Multi-Light ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate linearly polarized light of ultraviolet rays from a vertical direction with respect to the substrate through a polarizing plate. The exposure energy at this time is measured by using the UIT-150 (photoreceiver: UVD-S365) ultraviolet cumulative light meter manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd., and it becomes 1.0±0.1 J/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm. Adjust the exposure time to proceed. Thereafter, a firing treatment was performed at 220° C. for 30 minutes, thereby forming an alignment film with a film thickness of about 100 nm. A spectroscopic ellipsometer was used to measure the retardation value (Re value) of the substrate at 589 nm. The result is 34 nm.

[比較例8]及[比較例9] 除使用表7中記載的配向劑來代替配向劑1以外,進行與實施例17相同的作業來測定Re值。將測定值與實施例17的結果一起示於表7中。[Comparative Example 8] and [Comparative Example 9] Except that the alignment agent described in Table 7 was used instead of the alignment agent 1, the same operation as in Example 17 was performed to measure the Re value. The measured values are shown in Table 7 together with the results of Example 17.

[表7] 實施例 No. 配向劑 No. 清漆No. Re值(nm) 實施例17 配向劑1 A1 34 比較例8 比較配向劑1 A5 25 比較例9 比較配向劑2 A6 22 [Table 7] Example No. Alignment agent No. Varnish No. Re value (nm) Example 17 Orientation agent 1 A1 34 Comparative example 8 Comparison aligner 1 A5 25 Comparative example 9 Comparison aligner 2 A6 twenty two

關於使用本發明的式(1-2-1)所表示的化合物的實施例17,與使用二胺基偶氮苯的比較例8、或並用二胺基偶氮苯與具有烷基鏈結構的二胺的比較例9相比,大幅度示出高的Re值。可知:在重視獲得各向異性高的液晶配向膜的情況下,有效的是使用選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的化合物。Regarding Example 17 using the compound represented by the formula (1-2-1) of the present invention, and Comparative Example 8 using diaminoazobenzene, or using diaminoazobenzene in combination with an alkyl chain structure Compared with Comparative Example 9 of the diamine, the Re value was significantly higher. It can be seen that when importance is attached to obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film with high anisotropy, it is effective to use a compound selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9).

[實施例18] 使用配向劑4作為液晶配向劑,並變更紫外線的直線偏振光照射時的曝光能量,除此以外,依據實施例1來製成液晶單元。以曝光能量在波長365 nm下分別成為0.5±0.1 J/cm2 、1.0±0.1 J/cm2 、2.0±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間,從而製成三個液晶單元。 使用所述三個液晶單元,依據實施例1來進行AC殘像測定。其結果,ΔB在曝光能量為0.5±0.1 J/cm2 、1.0±0.1 J/cm2 、2.0±0.1 J/cm2 時分別為1.4%、1.5%、1.1%。[Example 18] The alignment agent 4 was used as the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the exposure energy at the time of ultraviolet linearly polarized light irradiation was changed, and a liquid crystal cell was prepared according to Example 1, except that the exposure energy was changed. The exposure time is adjusted so that the exposure energy becomes 0.5±0.1 J/cm 2 , 1.0±0.1 J/cm 2 , and 2.0±0.1 J/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm, respectively, to form three liquid crystal cells. Using the three liquid crystal cells, the AC residual image measurement was performed according to Example 1. As a result, when the exposure energy is 0.5±0.1 J/cm 2 , 1.0±0.1 J/cm 2 , and 2.0±0.1 J/cm 2 , ΔB is 1.4%, 1.5%, and 1.1%, respectively.

[比較例10] 使用比較配向劑1作為液晶配向劑,與實施例14同樣地進行AC殘像測定。其結果,ΔB在曝光能量為0.5±0.1 J/cm2 、1.0±0.1 J/cm2 、2.0±0.1 J/cm2 時分別為4.0%、1.9%、1.0%。[Comparative Example 10] Using the comparative alignment agent 1 as the liquid crystal alignment agent, the AC residual image measurement was performed in the same manner as in Example 14. As a result, ΔB was 4.0%, 1.9%, and 1.0% when the exposure energy was 0.5±0.1 J/cm 2 , 1.0±0.1 J/cm 2 , and 2.0±0.1 J/cm 2, respectively.

實施例18的液晶單元即使在0.5 J/cm2 、1.0 J/cm2 的比較低的曝光能量下,與比較例10的液晶單元相比,也示出充分低的ΔB值,獲得殘像特性良好的液晶單元。可知:在重視液晶配向劑的感度的情況下,有效的是使用選自由式(1-2-4)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的化合物。 [產業上的可利用性]The liquid crystal cell of Example 18 showed a sufficiently low ΔB value compared with the liquid crystal cell of Comparative Example 10 even at relatively low exposure energy of 0.5 J/cm 2 and 1.0 J/cm 2 and obtained residual image characteristics. Good liquid crystal cell. It can be seen that when the sensitivity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is important, it is effective to use a compound selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-4) to formula (1-2-9). [Industrial availability]

若利用使用本發明的液晶配向劑而形成的液晶配向膜,則可獲得具有良好的殘像特性及對比度,即使長時間暴露於強光下,也維持高電壓保持率且顯示品質不降低的液晶顯示元件。本發明的液晶配向劑可適宜地應用於橫向電場型液晶顯示元件。另外,通過使用本發明的液晶配向劑,可獲得各向異性高的液晶配向膜,且可利用於光學補償材料等。If the liquid crystal alignment film formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used, a liquid crystal with good residual image characteristics and contrast can be obtained, and even if exposed to strong light for a long time, a liquid crystal with a high voltage retention rate and no degradation in display quality can be obtained Display components. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be suitably applied to a lateral electric field type liquid crystal display element. In addition, by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, a liquid crystal alignment film with high anisotropy can be obtained, and it can be used in optical compensation materials and the like.

無。no.

無。no.

Figure 109136170-A0101-11-0002-2
Figure 109136170-A0101-11-0002-2

無。no.

Claims (14)

一種液晶配向劑,包含至少一種聚合物,且所述液晶配向劑中,所述聚合物的至少一種為使四羧酸二酐類與二胺類反應而成的聚合物,所述二胺類的至少一種為式(1)所表示的化合物;
Figure 03_image003
式(1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a~c分別獨立地為0~2的整數, Ra 及Rb 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)、式(P1-2)、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , Rc 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F,
Figure 03_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。
A liquid crystal alignment agent, comprising at least one polymer, and in the liquid crystal alignment agent, at least one of the polymers is a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines, and the diamines At least one of is a compound represented by formula (1);
Figure 03_image003
In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may pass through any of -O- and -NH- Substitution, a to c are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1), formula (P1-2), -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , R c is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F,
Figure 03_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * represents the bond on the benzene ring in formula (1) Position, in formula (1), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.
如請求項1所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種為式(1-1)或式(1-2)所表示的化合物;
Figure 03_image007
式(1-1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2),R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2), c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F, 式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a為0~2的整數,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , b為0~2的整數,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 03_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1-1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。
The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the compounds represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (1-1) or formula (1-2);
Figure 03_image007
In the formula (1-1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may pass through -O- and -NH- Either one is substituted, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1-1) or formula (P1) -2), c is an integer of 0-2, R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F, in formula (1-2), X is carbon number 1 to The alkylene group of 12, the non-adjacent one or more of -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may be substituted by any one of -O- and -NH-, a is an integer of 0-2, R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , b is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , c is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 03_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * means that on the benzene ring in formula (1-1) Bonding position: In formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.
如請求項2所述的液晶配向劑,其中,式(1-1)所表示的化合物為選自由式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所組成的群組中的至少一個式所表示的化合物;
Figure 03_image010
Figure 03_image012
式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)中,R6 為碳數1~4的烷基, l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。
The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 2, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-1-1) to formula (1-1-12) At least one compound represented by the formula;
Figure 03_image010
Figure 03_image012
In formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12), R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, l is an integer of 1 to 10, m is an integer of 1 to 11, and n is 1 An integer of ~12.
如請求項2所述的液晶配向劑,其中,式(1-2)所表示的化合物為選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的至少一個式所表示的化合物;
Figure 03_image029
Figure 03_image031
式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)中,l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。
The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 2, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-2) is selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) At least one compound represented by the formula;
Figure 03_image029
Figure 03_image031
In formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9), l is an integer of 1-10, m is an integer of 1-11, and n is an integer of 1-12.
如請求項1至請求項4中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,所有的聚合物包含至少一種作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein all the polymers include at least one compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material. 如請求項1至請求項4中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,至少一種聚合物不包含作為原料的式(1)所表示的化合物。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least one polymer does not contain the compound represented by formula (1) as a raw material. 一種液晶配向膜,其是由如請求項1至請求項6中任一項所述的液晶配向劑形成。A liquid crystal alignment film, which is formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6. 一種液晶顯示元件,具有如請求項7所述的液晶配向膜。A liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 7. 一種液晶配向膜的製造方法,包括:將如請求項1至請求項6中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上的步驟;以及對所獲得的塗膜照射偏光紫外線的步驟。A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film includes: coating the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6 on a substrate; and irradiating the obtained coating film with polarized ultraviolet rays. 一種化合物,由式(1)表示;
Figure 03_image003
式(1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a~c分別獨立地為0~2的整數, Ra 及Rb 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)、式(P1-2)、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , Rc 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 03_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。
A compound represented by formula (1);
Figure 03_image003
In the formula (1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may pass through any of -O- and -NH- Substitution, a to c are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1), formula (P1-2), -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , R c is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 03_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * represents the bond on the benzene ring in formula (1) Position, in formula (1), a group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.
如請求項10所述的化合物,其由式(1-1)或式(1-2)表示;
Figure 03_image007
式(1-1)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, R1 及R2 分別獨立地為氫原子、式(P1-1)或式(P1-2),R1 及R2 的至少一個為式(P1-1)或式(P1-2), c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F, 式(1-2)中,X為碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的-(CH2 )2 -的不相鄰的一個以上可經-O-及-NH-的任一者取代, a為0~2的整數,R3 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , b為0~2的整數,R5 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、-F或-COOCH3 , c為0~2的整數,R4 分別獨立地為氫原子、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 或-F,
Figure 03_image005
式(P1-1)及式(P1-2)中,R6a ~R8a 分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,R6a ~R8a 可相互相同,也可不同,*表示在式(1-1)中的苯環上的鍵結位置, 式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,鍵結位置未固定於構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。
The compound according to claim 10, which is represented by formula (1-1) or formula (1-2);
Figure 03_image007
In the formula (1-1), X is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more non-adjacent -(CH 2 ) 2-of the alkylene group may pass through -O- and -NH- Either one is substituted, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, formula (P1-1) or formula (P1-2), at least one of R 1 and R 2 is formula (P1-1) or formula (P1) -2), c is an integer of 0-2, R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F, in formula (1-2), X is carbon number 1 to The alkylene group of 12, the non-adjacent one or more of -(CH 2 ) 2 -of the alkylene group may be substituted by any one of -O- and -NH-, a is an integer of 0-2, R 3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , b is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 5 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , -F or -COOCH 3 , c is an integer from 0 to 2, and R 4 is each independently a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -F,
Figure 03_image005
In formula (P1-1) and formula (P1-2), R 6a to R 8a are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane group, a substituted Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, R 6a to R 8a may be the same as or different from each other, and * means that on the benzene ring in formula (1-1) Bonding position: In formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), the group whose bonding position is not fixed to any carbon atom constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.
如請求項11所述的化合物,其中,式(1-1)所表示的化合物由選自由式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)所組成的群組中的至少一個式表示;
Figure 03_image010
Figure 03_image012
式(1-1-1)~式(1-1-12)中,R6 為碳數1~4的烷基, l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。
The compound according to claim 11, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of formula (1-1-1) to formula (1-1-12) Expression
Figure 03_image010
Figure 03_image012
In formulas (1-1-1) to (1-1-12), R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, l is an integer of 1 to 10, m is an integer of 1 to 11, and n is 1 An integer of ~12.
如請求項11所述的化合物,其中,式(1-2)所表示的化合物由選自由式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)所組成的群組中的至少一個式表示;
Figure 03_image285
式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-9)中,l為1~10的整數,m為1~11的整數,n為1~12的整數。
The compound according to claim 11, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9) Expression
Figure 03_image285
In formula (1-2-1) to formula (1-2-9), l is an integer of 1-10, m is an integer of 1-11, and n is an integer of 1-12.
一種聚合物,其是使四羧酸二酐類與二胺類反應而成,且所述聚合物中,所述二胺類為如請求項10至請求項13中任一項所述的化合物的至少一種。A polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines, and in the polymer, the diamines are the compounds described in any one of claim 10 to claim 13 At least one of.
TW109136170A 2019-10-30 2020-10-19 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer including a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines TW202116875A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-197692 2019-10-30
JP2019197692 2019-10-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202116875A true TW202116875A (en) 2021-05-01

Family

ID=75647755

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109136170A TW202116875A (en) 2019-10-30 2020-10-19 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer including a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112745862A (en)
TW (1) TW202116875A (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5034977B2 (en) * 2008-01-25 2012-09-26 Jnc株式会社 Composition for alignment film
KR102159410B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2020-09-23 제이엔씨 주식회사 Liquid crystal aligning agents and liquid crystal display devices
JP6213281B2 (en) * 2013-03-19 2017-10-18 Jnc株式会社 Photosensitive diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
KR20150118527A (en) * 2014-04-14 2015-10-22 제이엔씨 주식회사 Liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices
JP2019132952A (en) * 2018-01-30 2019-08-08 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2021071717A (en) 2021-05-06
CN112745862A (en) 2021-05-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI757560B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film and its application, and azobenzene derivatives, diamines and polymers
JP7180196B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming a photo-alignment liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element using the same, polymer, and diamine
JP7287119B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP7234673B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same, diamine, (meth)acrylate, and polymer
JP7484622B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element using the same, and diamine and polymer
JP7102991B2 (en) A liquid crystal alignment film and its manufacturing method, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film.
JP7484664B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal device using the same
TW202116875A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer including a polymer formed by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines
JP7326852B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
TW202216850A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for photo alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and method for producing liquid crystal alignment film capable of forming a liquid crystal display element with good contrast and excellent display quality
JP2023019900A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for optical alignment for forming optical alignment type liquid crystal aligning membrane, liquid crystal aligning membrane, and liquid crystal element using the same
JP2024059149A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and method for producing liquid crystal alignment film
JP7287089B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP7102541B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent composition, manufacturing method of liquid crystal alignment film using it, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using it.
TW202334379A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and liquid crystal alignment film manufacturing method wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent for optical alignment contains a polymer (K) and a polymer (L) obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid derivative with diamines
JP2022098295A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same
TW202313784A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and method for producing liquid crystal alignment film capable of forming a liquid crystal display element which has good contrast and afterimage characteristics
TW202219123A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display element, compound and polymer capable of forming a liquid crystal display element with good contrast and afterimage characteristic
TW202340328A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, manufacturing method thereof and liquid crystal element wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent includes a polyamic acid or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine
JP2023032586A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2023155156A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal device using the same
JP2023033139A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TW202110953A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, phase retardation film, substrate for liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device in which the liquid crystal alignment agent contains polyamide acid or polyamide acid derivatives